Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • BSZ  (949)
  • München BSB  (25)
  • English  (960)
  • Dordrecht : Springer
  • Wiesbaden : VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften
Datasource
Material
Language
  • 101
    ISBN: 9789400773981
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Federalism and legal unification
    RVK:
    Keywords: Constitutional law ; Law ; Föderalismus ; Rechtseinheit ; Verfassungsrecht ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: How and to what degree do federations produce uniform law within their system? This comparative empirical study addresses these questions comprehensively for the first time. Originally produced under the auspices of the International Academy of Comparative Law, this volume examines legal unification in twenty federations around the world. Each of the successive chapters presents the forces of unification through the lens of a particular federal system. A comparative overview chapter provides a detailed analysis of the overall results with compelling visual illustrations of legal unification along different dimensions (e.g. by area of law; by federation; by civil vs common law system). The overview chapter summarizes and analyzes the means and methods of legal unification and the degree of legal unification of each system, and explains the driving forces of legal unity and diversity in federations more generally. The volume presents surprising findings that should make scholars rethink their abandonment of the civil law vs. common law distinction in comparative law. This book is a milestone in the study of federalism. It is a rare and welcome melding of comparative law and comparative politics using both original data and qualitative analysis. Wide-ranging, probing, and definitive, this book is an invaluable resource for students of law, politics, and multi-level governance. Gary Marks, Burton Craige Professor, UNC-Chapel Hill, and Chair in Multilevel Governance, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 102
    ISBN: 9789400776517
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 295 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education
    Abstract: This book offers valuable guidance for science teacher educators looking for ways to facilitate preservice and inservice teachers’ pedagogy relative to teaching students from underrepresented and underserved populations in the science classroom. It also provides solutions that will better equip science teachers of underrepresented student populations with effective strategies that challenge the status quo, and foster classrooms environment that promotes equity and social justice for all of their science students. Multicultural Science Education illuminates historically persistent, yet unresolved issues in science teacher education from the perspectives of a remarkable group of science teacher educators and presents research that has been done to address these issues. It centers on research findings on underserved and underrepresented groups of students and presents frameworks, perspectives, and paradigms that have implications for transforming science teacher education. In addition, the chapters provide an analysis of the socio-cultural-political consequences in the ways in which science teacher education is theoretically conceptualized and operationalized in the United States. The book provides teacher educators with a framework for teaching through a lens of equity and social justice, one that may very well help teachers enhance the participation of students from traditionally underrepresented and underserved groups in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) areas and help them realize their full potential in science. Moreover, science educators will find this book useful for professional development workshops and seminars for both novice and veteran science teachers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 103
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401786454
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 186 p. 22 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lu, Xiaofei Computational methods for corpus annotation and analysis
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Computational methods for corpus annotation and analysis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Translators (Computer programs) ; Applied linguistics ; Linguistics ; Korpus ; Computerlinguistik
    Abstract: In the past few decades the use of increasingly large text corpora has grown rapidly in language and linguistics research. This was enabled by remarkable strides in natural language processing (NLP) technology, technology that enables computers to automatically and efficiently process, annotate and analyze large amounts of spoken and written text in linguistically and/or pragmatically meaningful ways. It has become more desirable than ever before for language and linguistics researchers who use corpora in their research to gain an adequate understanding of the relevant NLP technology to take full advantage of its capabilities. This volume provides language and linguistics researchers with an accessible introduction to the state-of-the-art NLP technology that facilitates automatic annotation and analysis of large text corpora at both shallow and deep linguistic levels. The book covers a wide range of computational tools for lexical, syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and discourse analysis, together with detailed instructions on how to obtain, install and use each tool in different operating systems and platforms. The book illustrates how NLP technology has been applied in recent corpus-based language studies and suggests effective ways to better integrate such technology in future corpus linguistics research. This book provides language and linguistics researchers with a valuable reference for corpus annotation and analysis.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 104
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048129218
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 422 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Dao companion to Japanese Confucian philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Confucian--Japan. ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Japan ; Konfuzianismus ; Ideengeschichte 1600-1868
    Abstract: This volume features in-depth philosophical analyses of major Japanese Confucian philosophers as well as themes and topics addressed in their writings. Its main historical focus is the early-modern period (1600-1868), when much original Confucian philosophizing occurred. Written by scholars from the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, Japan, and China and eclectic in methodology and disciplinary approach, this anthology seeks to advance new multidimensional studies of Japanese Confucian philosophy for English language readers. It presents essays that focus on Japanese Confucianism, while including topics related to Buddhism, Shintō, Nativism, and even Andō Shōeki 安藤昌益 (1703-1762), one of the most vehement critics of Confucianism in all of East Asia. The book builds on the premise that Japanese Confucian philosophy consists in the ongoing engagement in critical, self-reflective discussions of and speculative theorizing about ethics, epistemology, metaphysics, political theory, and spiritual problems, as well as aesthetics, cosmology, and ontology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 105
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400769588
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 843 p. 2 illus. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy—History. ; Philosophy ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy.
    Abstract: The History of Philosophy in Australia and New Zealand is a comprehensive account of the historical development of philosophy in Australia and New Zealand, from the establishment of the first Philosophy Chair in Australasia in 1886 at the University of Melbourne to the current burgeoning of Australasian philosophy. The work is divided into two broad sections, the first providing an account of significant developments and events during various periods in the history of Australasian philosophy, and the second focusing on ideas and theories that have been influential in various disciplines within Australasian philosophy. The work consists of chapters contributed by various philosophers, on specific fields of inquiry or historical periods within Australasian philosophy
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 106
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794510
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 90 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This book addresses a tightly knit cluster of questions in the philosophy of mind. There is the question: Are mental properties identical with physical properties? An affirmative answer would seem to secure the truth of physicalism regarding the mind, i.e., the belief that all mental phenomena obtain solely in virtue of physical phenomena. If the answer is negative, then the question arises: Can this solely in virtue of relation be understood as some kind of dependence short of identity? And answering this requires answering two further questions. Exactly what sort of dependence on the physical does physicalism require, and what is needed for a property or phenomenon to qualify as physical? It is argued that multiple realizability still provides irresistible proof (especially with the possibility of immaterial realizers) that mental properties are not identical with any properties of physics, chemistry, or biology. After refuting various attempts to formulate nonreductive physicalism with the notion of realization, a new definition of physicalism is offered. This definition shows how it could be that the mental depends solely on the physical even if mental properties are not identical with those of the natural sciences. Yet, it is also argued that the sort of psychophysical dependence described is robust enough that if it were to obtain, then in a plausible and robust sense of ‘physical’, mental properties would still qualify as physical properties
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 107
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319030289
    Language: English
    Pages: XI, 359 S. , graph. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    Series Statement: European studies of population 18
    Series Statement: European studies of population
    Parallel Title: Onlineausg. Anson, Jon Mortality in an International Perspective
    DDC: 304.64
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mortality ; Mortality ; World health ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sterblichkeit ; Sterbeziffer ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Note: Based on conference proceedings. - Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 108
    ISBN: 9789400779143
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 248 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Volume 17
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The moral status of technical artefacts
    DDC: 303.483
    RVK:
    Keywords: Technology -- Social aspects ; Engineering design -- Philosophy ; Technology ; Social aspects ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Abstract: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors' contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors' introduction explains that as 'agents' rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact with each other. This volume features the work of various experts from around the world, representing a variety of positions on the topic. Contributions explore the contested discourse on agency in humans and artefacts, defend the Value Neutrality Thesis by arguing that technological artefacts do not contain, have or exhibit values, or argue that moral agency involves both human and non-human elements.The book also investigates technological fields that are subject to negative moral valuations due to the harmful effects of some of their products. It includes an analysis of some difficulties arising in Artificial Intelligence and an exploration of values in Chemistry and in Engineering. The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts is an advanced exploration of the various dimensions of the relations between technology and morality.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Chapter 1: Introduction: The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts -- Reference -- Chapter 2: Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse -- 2.1 Intentions, Ethics, and Artifacts -- 2.2 Artifacts with Secondary Agency -- 2.3 Artifacts as Delegated Agents -- 2.4 Artifacts and Cultures -- 2.5 Questioning Conclusions -- References -- Chapter 3: Towards a Post-human Intra-actional Account of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Making Sense of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.2.1 The Inter-actional Human-Centred Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.2.2 The Intra-actional Post-humanist Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.3 Figuring Intra-actional Agency in the Plagiarism Detection Phenomenon -- 3.3.1 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Reconstitution of Writing and Authorship -- 3.3.2 The Emergence of the Phenomenon of Plagiarism -- 3.3.3 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Constitution of the Plagiarist -- 3.3.4 PDS, Education and the Production of Intellectual Property -- 3.4 Intra-actional Agency and Disclosive Ethics -- 3.4.1 Disclosive Archaeology of Phenomena -- 3.4.2 Towards Intra-actional Responsibility -- References -- Chapter 4: Which Came First, the Doer or the Deed? -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Individualism -- 4.3 A Modernist Frame -- 4.4 Composite Agency -- 4.5 A Postmodernist Frame -- 4.6 Zooming Out -- 4.7 Conclusion -- References -- Chapter 5: Some Misunderstandings About the Moral Significance of Technology -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Do Artifacts Have Morality? -- 5.3 Do Artifacts Have Agency? -- 5.4 Can Things Have Intentionality? -- 5.5 Can Freedom Be Technologically Mediated? -- 5.6 Conclusion: Is There a Symmetry Between Humans and Technologies? -- References -- Chapter 6: "Guns Don't Kill, People Kill" -- Values in and/or Around Technologies -- 6.1 Introduction.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters. Description based on print version record
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 109
    ISBN: 9789400771314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (222 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 2
    DDC: 149.94
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 2, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 110
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 652 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 9
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Erziehung ; Naturwissenschaft ; Science / Study and teaching ; Education
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 111
    ISBN: 9789400772724
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (292 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies in Contemporary Culture 23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy, Modern ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed December 16, 2013)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 112
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer | Ann Arbor, Michigan : Proquest
    ISBN: 9789400770522 , 9781299876613
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 213 Seiten)
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Soziale Norm ; Kriminalitätstheorie ; Modellierung ; Methode
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 113
    ISBN: 9789401794008
    Language: English
    Pages: VII, 178 S. , graph. Darst.
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Philipov, Dimiter Reproductive Decision-Making in a Macro-Micro Perspective
    DDC: 304.666
    Keywords: Family planning Decision making ; Social Sciences ; Demography ; Family ; Personality and Social Psychology ; Electronic books ; Europa ; Familienplanung ; Verhaltensökonomie ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 114
    ISBN: 9400779135 , 9789400779136
    Language: English
    Pages: VI, 248 S. , Ill. , cm
    Series Statement: Philosophy of engineering and technology 17
    Series Statement: Philosophy
    Series Statement: Philosophy of engineering and technology
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Kroes, Peter, 1950 - The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Kroes, Peter, 1950 - The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Moral status of technical artefacts
    DDC: 601
    RVK:
    Keywords: Engineering design Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Technology Social aspects ; Technology Moral and ethical aspects ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Political science Philosophy ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Abstract: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors' contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors' introduction explains that as 'agents' rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact wi
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts; Reference; Chapter 2: Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse; 2.1 Intentions, Ethics, and Artifacts; 2.2 Artifacts with Secondary Agency; 2.3 Artifacts as Delegated Agents; 2.4 Artifacts and Cultures; 2.5 Questioning Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Towards a Post-human Intra-actional Account of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality); 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Making Sense of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality); 3.2.1 The Inter-actional Human-Centred Account of Sociomaterial Agency
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 The Intra-actional Post-humanist Account of Sociomaterial Agency3.3 Figuring Intra-actional Agency in the Plagiarism Detection Phenomenon; 3.3.1 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Reconstitution of Writing and Authorship; 3.3.2 The Emergence of the Phenomenon of Plagiarism; 3.3.3 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Constitution of the Plagiarist; 3.3.4 PDS, Education and the Production of Intellectual Property; 3.4 Intra-actional Agency and Disclosive Ethics; 3.4.1 Disclosive Archaeology of Phenomena; 3.4.2 Towards Intra-actional Responsibility; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Which Came First, the Doer or the Deed?4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Individualism; 4.3 A Modernist Frame; 4.4 Composite Agency; 4.5 A Postmodernist Frame; 4.6 Zooming Out; 4.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Some Misunderstandings About the Moral Significance of Technology; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Do Artifacts Have Morality?; 5.3 Do Artifacts Have Agency?; 5.4 Can Things Have Intentionality?; 5.5 Can Freedom Be Technologically Mediated?; 5.6 Conclusion: Is There a Symmetry Between Humans and Technologies?; References; Chapter 6: "Guns Don't Kill, People Kill"
    Description / Table of Contents: Values in and/or Around Technologies6.1 Introduction; 6.2 A Potential Dilemma; 6.3 Defining "Values"; 6.4 The Spectre of Moral Relativism; 6.5 Values and States of Affairs; 6.6 Whose Value?; 6.7 Artifacts Embodying Values; 6.8 Technological Values as Sui Generis; 6.9 Values and Consistency; 6.10 Turn the Question Around; 6.11 Many Values; 6.12 Decision-Making; 6.13 A Plethora of Values; 6.14 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Can Technology Embody Values?; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Moore on Intrinsic Value; 7.3 Various Forms of Value; 7.4 Are Instrumental Values Real Values?
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.5 A Reformulation of the Neutrality Thesis in Terms of Extrinsic Final Value7.6 Rebutting the Neutrality Thesis: Some Examples; 7.7 Side-Effects; 7.8 The Importance of Design; 7.9 Realized Versus Embodied Value; Appendix: The Instrumental Value of Technical Artifacts; References; Chapter 8: From Moral Agents to Moral Factors: The Structural Ethics Approach; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 The Philosophical Concept of Moral Agency; 8.3 Theories of Artifacts as Moral Agents; 8.4 Evaluating the Moral Artifacts View; 8.5 An Alternative Account; 8.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Artefactual Agency and Artefactual Moral Agency
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 115
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772076
    Language: English
    Pages: XXVI, 588 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Child Maltreatment, Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy 2
    Series Statement: Child maltreatment
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Korbin, Jill E. Handbook of Child Maltreatment
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Developmental psychology ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Häusliche Gewalt ; Kind ; Misshandlung ; Kindesvernachlässigung ; Sexueller Missbrauch ; Psychische Störung ; Gewalt ; Kindesmisshandlung
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 116
    ISBN: 9789400769847
    Language: English
    Pages: vii, 253 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Global migration issues volume 2
    Series Statement: Global migration issues
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mobilität ; Internationale Migration ; Klimawandel ; Migrationsentscheidung ; Migrationsforschung ; Welt ; Migration ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Sammelwerk ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Note: Enthält 10 Beiträge , Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 117
    ISBN: 9789401787918
    Language: English
    Pages: XV, 387 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    Series Statement: GeoJournal library Vol. 109
    Series Statement: Geojournal / Library
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Hartmann, Rudi A Comparative Geography of China and the U.S
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Aufsatzsammlung ; China ; USA ; Sozialgeografie
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 118
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401787581
    Language: English
    Pages: VII, 278 S. , graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: International perspectives on migration 10
    Series Statement: International perspectives on migration
    DDC: 304.85
    RVK:
    Keywords: Migration ; Asien ; China ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift
    Note: Includes bibliographical references.
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 119
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Language: English
    Edition: Online-Ausg. [S.l.] eblib 2012 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 51
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Series Statement: Social indicators research series
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 150
    Keywords: Positive psychology ; Electronic books
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 120
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (218 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on Migration
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Migration, diaspora and identity
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration -- Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration -- Social aspects ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Diaspora ; Identität ; Geschlechterrolle
    Abstract: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Introduction; Persisting with Difference; Does Diaspora Matter?; Framing the Collection; Multiple Belongings; Representing a Way of Being; Sexualised Identifications; Marriage and Family; The Significance of Gender; Defiantly Different; References; Part I Multiple Belongings; Living on the Move; Beyond the Dichotomous Choice Between Assimilation and Ethnic Closure; Methodology and a Brief Sketch of the Italian Situation; The Development of a Complex Identification; A Supplementary Hypothesis: The Emergence of a New Generational Experience
    Abstract: Diachronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bonds with Memory, Traditions and Family TiesSynchronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bond Between Inclusion and Differentiation; Tactical Ethnicity; References; Muslim Women in Western Preschooling; Introduction; 'Auntie ' as a Term; Communities and Religious Identity; Muslims in Diaspora and Globalisation; Non-Muslim Families; Conclusion; References; 'When I Land in Islamabad I Feel Home and When I Land in Heathrow I Feel Home'; Introduction; Diaspora, Gender and Belonging: 'The Homing of Diaspora,' 'The Diasporising of Home'
    Abstract: Class, Gender and 'Diaspora Space': South Asian Settlers in the City of London, in the Midlands and in the North of EnglandBeing a Londoner' or 'from Yorkshire': 'Heathrow' or What Does It Mean to Live Here and There?; Conclusion; References; Part II Representing a Way of Being; Refugee Women, Education, and Self Authorship; Introduction; Refugee Women, Policy Norms, and Representations; Integrationist Norms and the Microphysics of Power in Settlement Education; Speaking with Refugee Women: Engineering a Reverse Discourse; Capabilities for Freedom; Feedback; An Informed Perspective
    Abstract: Independent Decision Making and Exercising ChoiceEngaging in Debate and Expressing an Informed Position; Developing Skills in Order to Better Understand the Dominant Australian Culture; Cultivating an Open Mind; Developing Critical Enquiry: The Capacity to Question; Discussion; Implications of the Interview Sample to Recommendations; Conclusions; References; Invoking an Ivory Tower; Introduction; Critical Race Theory and Counter Story; Background and Context to Letter; Editorial Correspondence; 'Talking in Circles'; Inverting Relations of Dominance; Selective Readings
    Abstract: Conclusion: Deconstructing an Ivory Tower and the Possibilities for Anti-racismReferences; 'Trouble in the Mall Again' Naming as Social Drama in Multicultural Melbourne; Introduction; Difference and the City; Methodology; The Character of Oakleigh; The Trouble; 'Trouble in the Mall': In Phases; The Breach; Mounting Crises; Redressive Action; Re-integration or Schism?; Analysing the Trouble; Liminal Spaces and the City; Conclusion; References; Beyond Fear and Towards Hope Transnationalism and the Recognition of Rights Across Borders; Introduction: Crossing Borders; Politics of Fear
    Abstract: Transnationalism and Diaspora
    Abstract: Framed in relation to diaspora this collection engages with the subject of how cultural difference is lived and how complex and shifting identities shape and respond to spatial politics of belonging. Diaspora is understood in a variety of ways, which makes this an eclectic collection of papers. Authors use various theoretical frameworks to explore diverse groups of people with a variety of experiences in a wide range of settings. They are making sense of the experiences of women and men from a range of ethnic backgrounds, negotiating identities through family, work and education. The micro dyn
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 121
    ISBN: 9783531194837
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (275 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version Mobile Learning : Potenziale, Einsatzszenarien und Perspektiven des Lernens mit mobilen Endgeräten
    DDC: 302.23
    Keywords: Mobile communication systems in education ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Mobile Learning - das Lernen mithilfe von kleinen drahtlosen Geräten wie Smartphones - etabliert sich als Möglichkeit, selbstgesteuerte Lernprozesse in tägliche Arbeitsabläufe einzubinden, ortsunabhängig Zugang zu Informationen, sozialen Netzwerken oder Lern- und Arbeitswerkzeugen zu haben bzw. auf kleine Lerneinheiten für einen situativen Abruf zugreifen zu können. Unternehmen und (Hoch-)Schulen haben das Potential mobilen Lernens entdeckt. In diesem Sammelband wird das Thema Mobile Learning grundlegend behandelt. Zudem berichten die AutorInnen aus Wirtschaft und Hochschule anhand von Praxi
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; 1 Einleitung; Literatur; Teil I Lernen, Arbeiten und Forschen mit Mobile Learning; 2 Vom E-Learning zum Mobile Learning - wie Smartphones und Tablet PCs Lernen und Arbeit verbinden; 2.1 Einleitung: Mobilität als Schlüsselwort unserer Gesellschaft; 2.2 Mobile Learning als Lernform einer mobilen Gesellschaft; 2.3 Mobile Learning als Erweiterung des E-Learning; 2.4 Kontextualisierung; 2.5 Mobiles Lernen im Kontext der Arbeit; 2.6 Die Notwendigkeit von Theorien des Lernens und der Bildung im mobilen Zeitalter; 2.7 Ausblick; 2.8 Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Mobiles Lernen - Systematik, Theorien und Praxis eines noch jungen Forschungsfeldes3.1 Einleitung; 3.1.1 Mobiles Lernen ist …; 3.1.2 Mobiles Lernen will …; 3.2 Die Systematik der medienpädagogischen und erziehungswissen-schaftlichen Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.1 Kontexte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.2 Argumentative Bezugspunkte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.3 Handlungspraktiken der an der Mobile Learning-Diskussion Beteiligten schaffen die Legitimationsbasis der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.4 Struktur des Wissenschaftsprozesses der Mobile Learning-Diskussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Theorien, Konzepte und Modelle der Mobile Learning-Diskussion3.3.1 Lernende im Zentrum: Theoretischer und konzeptioneller Rahmen der Sozio-kulturellen Ökologie Mobilen Lernens; 3.3.2 „Lernergenerierte Contexte" als Ressource, Konstruktionsprozess und Möglichkeitsraum; 3.4 Praxis des Mobilen Lernens im Kontext Schule; 3.4.1 Drei Ansätze bei der Implementierung von Mobilem Lernen in die (Unter-richts-) Praxis; 3.4.2 Öffnung des Schulunterrichts; 3.4.3 Gegensätze, Widersprüche und Brüche; 3.4.4 Lehrende als Moderatoren
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.5 Lernendenperspektive als Chance, Strukturen im Lernprozess zu revidieren3.5 Abschließende Bemerkungen; 3.6 Literatur; 4 Innovation und Trends für Mobiles Lernen; 4.1 Einleitung; 4.2 Expertenstudie zum Mobilen Lernen; 4.3 Trends und Zukunftsperspektiven Mobilen Lernens; 4.3.1 Smartphones als persönliche Lernportale; 4.3.2 Ortsbasierte und kontextsensitive Lerntechnologie; 4.3.3 Mobile Augmented Reality; 4.3.4 Tangible Interfaces und Smart-Objects; 4.3.5 Die Cloud für unterbrechungsfreies Lernen; 4.3.6 Mobile Lernspiele; 4.3.7 Situierte Ambient Displays; 4.4 Diskussion und Ausblick
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Literatur5 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.1 Einleitung; 5.2 Annäherung an informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.1 Informelles Lernen; 5.2.2 Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.3 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.3 Lerntheoretische und didaktische Bezugspunkte zum informellen Mobilen Lernen; 5.3.1 Lerntheoretische Bezugspunkte informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.2 Didaktisch-methodische Ansatzpunkte; 5.3.3 Anwendungsbeispiele informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.4 Möglichkeiten zur Erfassung und Beschreibung informellen MobilenLernens; 5.4 Kritische Betrachtungen; 5.5 Fazit; 5.6 Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Teil II Mobile Learning an Universitäten
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 122
    ISBN: 9789400746855
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 222 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Religion and place
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Religion (General) ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Religion ; Ort ; Politik
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 123
    ISBN: 9789400754812
    Language: English
    Pages: 247 S. , Ill. (z.T. farb.) , 24 cm
    Series Statement: ARI-Springer Asia series 3
    Series Statement: ARI-Springer Asia series
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Bunnell, Tim Cleavage, Connection and Conflict in Rural, Urban and Contemporary Asia
    DDC: 307.24095
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sociology, Rural ; Sociology, Urban ; Asia Politics and government 21st century ; Asia Social conditions 21st century ; Rural-urban relations ; Asia ; Urbanization ; Asia ; Indien ; Südostasien ; Stadt ; Ländlicher Raum
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 124
    ISBN: 9789400752764 , 9789400752757
    Language: English
    Pages: VIII, 328 S
    Series Statement: Law, governance and technology series 7
    Series Statement: Law, governance and technology series
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Ziccardi, Giovanni: Resistance, Liberation Technology and Human Rights in the Digital Age
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ziccardi, Giovanni, 1969 - Resistance, Liberation Technology and Human Rights in the Digital Age
    DDC: 303.48/33
    RVK:
    Keywords: Information technology Social aspects ; Human rights ; Internet ; Aktivismus ; Widerstand ; Menschenrecht ; Autoritärer Staat
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 125
    ISBN: 9789400752009
    Language: English
    Pages: viii, 230 Seiten
    Series Statement: Boston studies in philosophy, religion and public life volume 1
    DDC: 303.69
    RVK:
    Keywords: Aufsatzsammlung
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 126
    ISBN: 9789400746527
    Language: English
    Pages: XVIII, 306 S. , graph. Darst. , 24 cm
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Andréosso-O'Callaghan, Bernadette, 1959 - Economic and Political Change in Asia and Europe
    DDC: 338.95
    Keywords: East Asia ; Economic policy ; East Asia ; Economic conditions ; East Asia ; Social policy ; East Asia ; Social conditions ; Europe ; Economic policy ; Europe ; Economic conditions ; Europe ; Social policy ; Europe ; Social conditions
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 127
    ISBN: 9789400763234
    Language: English
    Pages: XXIV, 415 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Liamputtong, Pranee, 1955 - Stigma, Discrimination and Living with HIV/AIDS
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Anthropology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Social Sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; HIV-Infektion ; Lebensqualität ; Aids ; Lebensqualität
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 128
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781461488118
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (162 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Series
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version Community Resilience to Sectarian Violence in Baghdad
    DDC: 155.8
    Keywords: Ethnic Conflict Congresses ; Ethnopsychology Congresses ; Resilience, Psychological Congresses ; Sects ; Social aspects.. ; Iraq ; Religion ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The recent conflict in Iraq evolved from an insurgency against the interim U.S. led government (the Coalition Provisional Authority or CPA) into a sectarian civil war. Violence became widespread, especially in areas of Baghdad City such as Sadr City, Al Amiriyah, and Al Adhamiya. However, a number of multiethnic neighborhoods in Baghdad successfully prevented sectarian attitudes and behaviors from taking hold. Four communities stand out in their self-organization to prevent the escalation of violence. This book looks at what makes these communities different from other areas within Baghdad. In
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Introduction; Abstract; Al-Nil Raises a Question; A Subtle Difference; Resilience and Conflict; Methods; Research Sites; Multicultural Iraq; Amiriyya; Adhamiyya; Dura; Sadr City; Zafaraniyya; Bayaa; Palestine Street; Al-Dhubat; Karada and Kuraiaat; Overview of the Book; References; 2 Violence and Extremism: Sources of Sectarian Violence in Baghdad; Abstract; Constructivism, Identity, and Conflict; Identity Conflict Through a Constructivist Lens; Group Identities in Iraq: Religious and Tribal; Conclusion; References; 3 Conflict Drivers; Abstract
    Description / Table of Contents: Global and Regional LevelsState-Level Sources; EliteIndividual Level; References; 4 Conflict Escalation: The Sharpening of Sectarian Identity; Abstract; Psychological Changes; Group Changes; Change in Communities; Conclusion; References; 5 Resilience: Conceptual Foundations; Abstract; What is Resilience?; Regime Characteristics in Baghdad Neighborhoods; Regime Resilience; Modeling Conflict Resilience; Conclusion; References; 6 Social Capital; Abstract; Defining Social Capital; Relations Between People; Crosscutting Bonds; Overlapping Ties; Relations with "the Community"; Sense of Community
    Description / Table of Contents: Citizen ParticipationPlace Attachment; Conclusion; References; 7 Information and Communication; Abstract; Sources: Leaders, Media and Working Trust; Spaces for Information-Sharing and Communication; Narratives; Conclusions; References; 8 Economic Resources; Abstract; Socioeconomic Status; SES and Resilience to Violence; Mechanisms of Influence; Trade Networks; Conclusions; References; 9 Community Competence; Abstract; Psychological Components of Community Competence; Collective Efficacy; Inward Orientation; Behavioral Components of Community Competence
    Description / Table of Contents: Linkages Between Regime Characteristics and Community CompetencyConclusions; References; 10 Looking Ahead; Abstract; Structural Versus Relational Approaches to Resilience; Strengthening Community Resilience; Spaces for Visioning; Collaborative, Crosscutting Projects; Supporting Peace Leaders; Beyond Baghdad?; Concluding Thoughts; References; Author Biography; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 129
    ISBN: 9789400748576 , 9781283698078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Explorations of educational purpose 25
    Series Statement: Explorations of educational purpose
    DDC: 306.43
    Keywords: Educational sociology ; Educational anthropology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 130
    ISBN: 9789400743830
    Language: English
    Pages: XV, 161 S. , graph. Darst. , 24 cm
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Doling, John, 1946 - Demographic Change and Housing Wealth
    DDC: 363.583094
    Keywords: Grundeigentum ; Altersvorsorge ; Sparen ; Privater Haushalt ; Vergleich ; Ostasien ; Europa ; Home ownership ; Home ownership ; Economic aspects ; European Union countries ; Home ownership ; Social aspects ; European Union countries ; Population aging ; Economic aspects ; European Union countries ; Population aging ; Social aspects ; European Union countries ; Pensions ; European Union countries ; Public welfare ; European Union countries ; Sammelwerk ; Europäische Union ; Grundeigentum ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Soziale Situation ; Hauseigentümer
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 131
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9400712448 , 9789400712447
    Language: English
    Pages: VII, 166 S. , Ill., Kt. , 24 cm
    Series Statement: Springer briefs in geography
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Warf, Barney Global Geographies of the Internet
    DDC: 303.4/833
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internet Social aspects ; Technological innovations Social aspects ; Human geography ; Internet ; Social aspects ; Internet ; Political aspects ; Internet ; Gesellschaft ; Politik
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Origins, growth, and geographies of the global internet -- 3. Global internet censorship -- 4. Global e-commerce -- 5. Global e-government -- 6. Social media
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 132
    ISBN: 9789400745872 , 1283633833 , 9781283633833
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 396 p. 65 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Crowdsourcing geographic knowledge
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geography ; Data mining ; Geographical information systems ; Geography ; Data mining ; Geographical information systems ; Geoinformation ; Open Innovation
    Abstract: Chapter 1: VGI, the exaflood, and the growing digital divide: Daniel Sui, Michael Goodchild, & Sarah Elwood -- Section I. Public Participation and Citizen Science -- Chapter 2: Understanding the value of VGI: Rob Feick & Stéphane Roche -- Chapter 3: To volunteer or to contribute locational information? Towards truth in labeling for crowd-sourced geographic information: Francis Harvey -- Chapter 4: Metadata squared: Enhancing its usability for volunteered geographic information and the GeoWeb: Barbara Poore & Eric Wolf -- Chapter 5: Situating the adoption of VGI by government: Peter Johnson & Renee Sieber -- Chapter 6: When Web 2.0 meets public participation GIS (PPGIS): VGI and spaces of participatory mapping in China: Wen Lin -- Chapter 7: Citizen science and volunteered geographic information: Overview and typology of participation: Muki Haklay -- Section II. Geographic Knowledge Production and Place Inference -- Chapter 8: Volunteered geographic information and computational geography: New perspectives: Bin Jiang -- Chapter 9: The evolution of geo-crowdsourcing: Bringing volunteered geographic information to the third dimension: Marcus Goetz & Alexander Zipf: Chapter 10: From volunteered geographic information to volunteered geographic services:Jim Thatcher -- Chapter 11: The geographic nature of Wikipedia authorship -- Darren Hardy -- Chapter 12: Inferring thematic places from spatially referenced natural language observations: Benjamin Adams & Grant McKenzie -- Chapter 13: “I don't come from anywhere:" Exploring the role of VGI and the Geoweb in rediscovering a sense of place in a dispersed Aboriginal community: Jon Corbett -- Section III. Emerging Applications and New Challenges -- Chapter 14: Potential contributions and challenges of VGI for conventional topographic base-mapping programs: David Coleman -- Chapter 15: “We know who you are and we know where you live:”A research agenda for web demographics: T. Edwin Chow -- Chapter 16: Volunteered geographic information, actor-network theory, and severe storm reports: Mark Palmer & Scott Kraushaar -- Chapter 17: VGI as a compilation tool for navigation map databases: Michael Dobson -- Chapter 18: VGI and public health: Possibilities and pitfalls: Christopher Goranson, Sayone Thihalolipavan, & Nicolás di Tada -- Chapter 19: VGI in education: From K-12 to graduate studies: Thomas Bartoschek & Carsten Keßler -- Chapter 20: The prospects VGI research and the emerging fourth paradigm: Sarah Elwood, Michael Goodchild, & Daniel Sui
    Abstract: The phenomenon of volunteered geographic information is part of a profound transformation in how geographic data, information, and knowledge are produced and circulated. By situating volunteered geographic information (VGI) in the context of big-data deluge and the data-intensive inquiry, the 20 chapters in this book explore both the theories and applications of crowdsourcing for geographic knowledge production with three sections focusing on 1). VGI, Public Participation, and Citizen Science; 2). Geographic Knowledge Production and Place Inference; and 3). Emerging Applications and New Challenges. This book argues that future progress in VGI research depends in large part on building strong linkages with diverse geographic scholarship. Contributors of this volume situate VGI research in geography’s core concerns with space and place, and offer several ways of addressing persistent challenges of quality assurance in VGI. This book positions VGI as part of a shift toward hybrid epistemologies, and potentially a fourth paradigm of data-intensive inquiry across the sciences. It also considers the implications of VGI and the exaflood for further time-space compression and new forms, degrees of digital inequality, the renewed importance of geography, and the role of crowdsourcing for geographic knowledge production
    Description / Table of Contents: Crowdsourcing Geographic Knowledge; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter 1: Volunteered Geographic Information, the Exaflood, and the Growing Digital Divide; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 VGI and the Exaflood of Big Data; 1.3 VGI in Shrinking and Divided World; 1.4 Overview of Chapters in This Book; 1.5 Crowdsourcing Geographic Knowledge: From the Death of Distance to the Revenge of Geography; References; Part I: Public Participation and Citizen Science; Chapter 2: Understanding the Value of VGI; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Defining Value and the Value of Geographic Information
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Approaches to Defining the Value of Authoritative GI2.4 What Is Different About Valuing VGI?; 2.4.1 VGI Data Characteristics; 2.4.2 Use and Production Processes; 2.5 From Value Chain to Lego Blocks: VGI as Extensible and Reusable Data Components; 2.6 Summary and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: To Volunteer or to Contribute Locational Information? Towards Truth in Labeling for Crowdsourced Geographic Information; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Volunteering or Contributing: An Important Distinction for Crowdsourced Data; 3.3 Ethical and Legal Issues; 3.4 Truth in Labeling
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Towards Truth in Labeling for Crowdsourced Geographic Information3.6 Summary and Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Metadata Squared: Enhancing Its Usability for Volunteered Geographic Information and the GeoWeb; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Background; 4.2.1 The Library Model of Metadata; 4.2.2 The Map Model of Metadata; 4.2.3 Interactive, Embedded Metadata in the Digital Age; 4.3 Formal and Informal Discussions of Metadata; 4.3.1 "Let's Save Metadata": Neogeographers; 4.3.2 Metadata and Meaning: GIScience; 4.4 Metadata Top Down; 4.4.1 Usability; 4.4.2 Community
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Findability and the Separation of Metadata from Data4.4.4 Metadata Bottom Up or Metadata Squared; 4.4.5 OpenStreetMap; 4.4.6 Metadata Types; 4.4.7 Evaluation; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Situating the Adoption of VGI by Government; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of VGI in Government; 5.3 Adoption of VGI in Government; 5.3.1 The Costs of VGI; 5.3.2 The Challenge for Governments of Accepting Non-expert Data; 5.3.3 The Jurisdiction of VGI; 5.4 Situating Government to Adopt VGI; 5.4.1 Increasing Formalization of VGI Collection; 5.4.2 Encourage Collaboration Across Governments
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.3 Investigating the Participation Potential of VGI5.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: When Web 2.0 Meets Public Participation GIS (PPGIS): VGI and Spaces of Participatory Mapping in China; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Theoretical Background; 6.2.1 VGI and PPGIS: Convergences and Divergences; 6.2.2 Subjectivities and DigiPlaces; 6.2.3 Mode of Information and Spatial Narratives; 6.3 Dynamics of Chinese Citizenship; 6.4 VGI Practices in China; 6.4.1 Map of Relief Support and Needs in the Sichuan Earthquake; 6.4.2 Map of China's Mining Accidents; 6.4.3 Map of Sale/Rent Ratio; 6.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: References
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 133
    ISBN: 9789400762084
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Disentangling migration and climate change
    DDC: 304.81
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Klimawandel ; Soziale Folgen ; Internationale Migration ; Menschenrechte ; Umweltschutz ; Welt ; Climatic changes ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Population geography ; Climatic changes ; Environmental aspects ; Human ecology ; Konferenzschrift ; Klimaänderung ; Internationale Migration ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book examines the inter-relationship between climate change and migration. It focuses on planned relocation as a policy response to environmentally induced forced migration and analyzes human rights to protect people threatened by environmental change.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 134
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763685
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 639 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life Research ; Quality of Life ; Applied psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Psychology ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Südafrika ; Positive Psychologie ; Wohlbefinden
    Abstract: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson, Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing
    Abstract: This is the first book to bring together examples of research in positive psychology / psychofortology conducted in the multi-cultural South African context with its diverse populations and settings. The volume reflects basic as well as applied well-being research in the multicultural South African context, as conducted in various contexts and with a variety of methods and foci. Theoretical, review, and empirical research contributions are made, reflecting positivist to constructivist approaches, and include quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-method approaches. Some findings support universality assumptions, but others uncovered unique cultural patterns. Chapters report on well-being research conducted in the domains of education, work, health, and family, and in clinical, urban vs. rural, and unicultural vs. multicultural contexts. Studies span the well-being of adolescents, adults, and older people, and topics include resilience in individuals, families, and groups, measurement issues and coping processes, the role of personal and contextual variables, and facets such as hope, spirituality, self-regulation, and interventions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Towards Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Central Constructs; Salutogenesis; Fortigenesis; Fortology; Continua; Positive Psychology; Antonovsky a Positive Psychologist?; Sense of Coherence and Generalized Resistance Resources; General Psychosocial Well-Being; Resiling; Self-efficacy; Genetics and Neuroscience; Culture; Independent and Dependent Construals; Social Support; Implications of Culture for Conceptualization; Implications of Culture for Positive Thinking; Systems Thinking; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Positive Psychology and EducationPositive Psychology Within Education; The Potential of Teaching Positive Psychology; The Broaden-and-Build Theory; Strengths in Individuals and Systems; Assessing for Strengths; The Need to Understand Cultural Interpretations; Beyond the Reactionary Phase; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Goals of the Chapter; Reason for Narrative Approaches; Impact of Global Changes in the Workplace on People's Lifestyles
    Description / Table of Contents: Overview of the Interplay Between the Waves in Psychology, the Economy, and Career Counselling Over the Past 120 YearsLink Between Helping Models in Career Counselling and Economic Waves (Molitor, 1999, 2000 ; Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b, 2007c); Factors Emphasized During Each of the Four Economic Waves and Concurrent Helping Models in Career Counselling (Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b); Epistemological Approaches That Have Underpinned the Practice of Career Counselling; The Traditional Approach to Career Counselling; A Qualitative (Narrative) Approach to Career Counselling
    Description / Table of Contents: Social ConstructionismSavickas' Theory of Career Construction Counselling for Life Designing; Savickas' Career Construction Theory; Life Design; Factors That Can Influence the Life Design Counselling Process; Career Adaptability; Practical Implications of the Movement Towards a Qualitative-Quantitative Approach to Career Counselling; General Orientation; Career Counselling Failing Non-European Clients; Imbalances in the South African Economy; The Need for a More Appropriate Theoretical and Practical Base for Career Counselling in South Africa
    Description / Table of Contents: Addressing the Psychosocial Needs of the South African PopulationFramework for Career Counselling in South Africa; A Word of Caution: State of the African Economy; Value of Life Design Counselling in South Africa; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-Related Challenges; Pathways to Resilience: A Conceptualization; Pathways to Teacher Resilience; Intrapersonal Pathways to Resilience; Interpersonal Pathways to Resilience; Existential Pathways to Resilience; Method; Research Design; Case One; Case Two; Case Three
    Description / Table of Contents: Data Generation and Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié  P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing  and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel  A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson,  Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo,  Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 135
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400764248
    Language: English
    Pages: XXI, 324 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    Series Statement: Urban and landscape perspectives 15
    Series Statement: Urban and landscape perspectives
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Space-Time Design of the Public City
    DDC: 307.1/216
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: City planning ; City planning ; Europe ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Stadtleben ; Verlauf ; Öffentlicher Raum ; Lebensqualität
    Description / Table of Contents: Pt. I. Rhythms and diversitypt. II. Mobility and access -- pt. III. Urban time policies.
    Note: Literaturangaben
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 136
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744295 , 1283532646 , 9781283532648
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 266 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transactional perspectives on occupation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Occupational Therapy ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Occupational Therapy ; Transactional Analysis ; Occupational Therapy methods ; Occupations ; Philosophy ; Beschäftigungstherapie
    Abstract: An occupation is, most simply put, any activity we participate in that engages (occupies) our attention, interests, and/or expectations, at any point throughout the life course. This book offers an emerging and innovative perspective on occupation, based in the work of American philosopher John Dewey and other pragmatists, that challenges accepted ideas. Each chapter presents a lively and multifaceted dialogue on transactional perspectives on occupation. Scholars from Europe, North America, and Australasia have written a diverse set of arguments and case studies about occupation, covering theoretical, methodological and applied issues relevant to the topic. In addition, contributors make connections with significant authors from various disciplines that make clearer the roles of occupation and occupational science across many cultures and contexts. The transactional perspectives articulated in this book both implicitly and explicitly suggest that occupations are forms of activity that create and re-create a multitude of our relationships with the world. Often taken for granted by some academic disciplines, occupation is a core element of human life. This book is a provocative and critical analysis of the focal concept for occupational therapy and science.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transactional Perspectives on Occupation; Contents; Chapter 1: Transactional Perspectives on Occupation: An Introduction and Rationale; 1.1 Introduction and Invitation; 1.2 Development of Transactional Perspectives on Occupation; 1.3 A Pluralistic Approach; 1.4 Structure and Content of the Book; 1.5 Our Hopes; References; Part I: Theoretical Extensions; Chapter 2: Dewey's Concepts of Embodiment, Growth, and Occupation: Extended Bases for a Transactional Perspective; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Embodiment; 2.2.1 Live Creatures; 2.2.2 Embodying the Social; 2.3 Growth; 2.4 Occupation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 Dewey on Occupation2.4.2 Occupation, Embodiment, and Growth; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Being Occupied in the Everyday; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Habitual; 3.3 The Relational; 3.3.1 Continuity of Time: Past-Present-Future; 3.3.2 Continuity of Relating: Being-with-Others; 3.4 The Precarious; 3.5 Occupational Practice as Listening; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Resituating the Meaning of Occupation: A Transactional Perspective; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Meaning Explored; 4.2.1 Social Science Perspectives on Meaning; 4.2.2 Occupational Perspectives on Meaning
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.3 Philosophical Perspectives on Meaning: Heidegger and Dewey4.3 Perspectives on Meaning Uncovered by Research; 4.4 Implications for Occupational Therapy and Science; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Conceptual Insights for Expanding Thinking Regarding the Situated Nature of Occupation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Governmentality Studies: Shaping Occupational Possibilities; 5.2.1 Discourses; 5.2.2 Differential Shaping of Occupational Possibilities; 5.3 Bourdieu's Theory of Practice: Voicing the Unspoken; 5.3.1 Makane: A Case in Point; 5.4 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Exploring the Transactional Quality of Everyday Occupations Through Narrative-in-Action: Meaning-Making Among Women Living with Chronic Conditions6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Everyday Occupations as Transactions Within Local Cultures; 6.3 "Narrative-in-Action": Meaning Making Endeavors; 6.4 Everyday Transactions, Meaning Making in Everyday Occupations; 6.5 Everyday Transactions in Local Cultures; 6.6 Everyday Occupational Transactions Enacted and Embedded in Local Culture; References; Part II: Case Studies; Chapter 7: Navigating Cultural Spaces: A Transactional Perspective on Immigration
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Introduction7.2 Current Perspectives on Immigration and Settlement; 7.3 A Transactional Perspective on Immigration and Settlement; 7.3.1 Navigating Cultural Spaces: A Case Study; 7.4 Implications for Science and Society; 7.4.1 Occupational Science Research; 7.4.2 Societal Practice; 7.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: The Situated Nature of Disability; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Conceptualizing Disability: An Overview of Recent Controversies; 8.2.1 The International Classi fi cation of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF)
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.3 Research Projects: Support for the Transactional Perspective on Disability
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 137
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744738
    ISSN: 1389-6903
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 406 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druck-Ausg. Franks, David D., 1931 - Handbook of neurosociology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Neurosciences ; Social aspects ; Neurowissenschaften ; Soziologie ; Neurobiologie ; Neurologie ; Soziologie
    Abstract: Until recently, a handbook on neurosociology would have been viewed with skepticism by sociologists, who have long been protective of their disciplinary domain against perceived encroachment by biology. But a number of developments in the last decade or so have made sociologists more receptive to biological factors in sociology and social psychology. Much of this has been encouraged by the coeditors of this volume, David Franks and Jonathan Turner. This new interest has been increased by the explosion of research in neuroscience on brain functioning and brain-environment interaction (via new MRI technologies), with implications for social and psychological functioning. This handbook emphasizes the integration of perspectives within sociology as well as between fields in social neuroscience. For example, Franks represents a social constructionist position following from G.H. Meads voluntaristic theory of the act while Turner is more social structural and positivistic. Furthermore, this handbook not only contains contributions from sociologists, but leading figures from the psychological perspective of social neuroscience.
    Description / Table of Contents: Handbook of Neurosociology; Preface; References; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Summaries and Comments; David Franks: A Short History; Brain Activity Measures and Limitations; Jonathan H. Turner: Coming on Board as an Editor; What Does Neurosociology Have to Offer?; References; Part I: Large Issues; Chapter 2: Neural Social Science; Reason Is Neural; Back to the Future; How Brain Circuits Become Meaningful; Reason and Social Science; Reason Itself: Enlightenment Fallacies; The Enlightenment Fallacies; The First Fallacy: Reason Is Conscious
    Description / Table of Contents: The Second Fallacy: One Can Reason Directly About the WorldThe Third Fallacy: Thought Is Disembodied; The Fourth Fallacy: Words Are Defined Directly in Terms of Features of the External World; The Fifth Fallacy: Reason Is Unemotional; The Sixth Fallacy: Reason Is Literal and Logical; The Seventh Fallacy: Categories Are Defined by Necessary and Sufficient Conditions; The Eighth Fallacy: Reason Exists Primarily to Serve Self-interest; The Ninth Fallacy: Conceptual Systems Are Monolithic; The Tenth Fallacy: Words Have Fixed Meanings, and Concepts Have Fixed Logics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Eleventh Fallacy: The Truth Will Set You Free If Enough People Know the Truth About Social Issues, They Will Change Their Attitudes, to Society's Bene fi t; Some Brain Basics; Color; Perception and Action; That's Why There Are Basic-Level Concepts; That's Why Verb Roots Are the Same for First- and Third-Person Experiences; Imagining and Doing Use the Same Brain Circuitry; Neural Computation and Simulation; The Centrality of Metaphor in Social Life; Neural Metaphor; The Narayanan-Johnson-Grady Neural Theory of Metaphor; How Are Neural Circuits Learned?
    Description / Table of Contents: The Feldman Functional Circuitry HypothesisPrimary Metaphors; Narayanan on Spike-Time-Dependent Plasticity; Neuromodulators and "Rewards"; Integrating Multiple Neural Systems; Embodiment Evidence in Social Psychology; Real Social and Political Life; The Conservative Advantage; What Can Progressives and Democrats Do?; Systems Thinking; The Point; CODA; Solving a Social Science Puzzle; References; Chapter 3: Why We Need Neurosociology as Well as Social Neuroscience: Or-Why Role-Taking and Theory of Mind Are Different Concepts; History of the Terms Neurosociology and Social Neuroscience
    Description / Table of Contents: Distinguishing Between the Two Fields Using Role-Taking and ToMSome Ways Role-Taking and Power Can be Explored Experimentally; What Social Neuroscience Can Offer Sociological Research on Role-Taking and Power; Empirically Testing the Role-Taking and Power Hypothesis; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Social Cognition and the Problem of Other Minds; Where in the World Are Minds?; The Psychology of Individual Minds; Social Psychology and Social Cognition; What Do Minds Learn to Mind?; Brains and Minds Grow Together; Socialized Brains Remain Social Minds; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Genetic, Hormonal, and Neural Underpinnings of Human Aggressive Behavior
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 138
    ISBN: 9789400742734
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 342 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Schooling for Sustainable Development 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sustainable development ; Education ; Education ; Sustainable development ; Erziehung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Education for sustainable development (ESD) presents an intriguing challenge in developed countries. The very notion of sustainable development may appear to be at cross-purposes with the social and political aims of large industrial economies. Yet, arguably, the residents of wealthy countries may be most in need of new ways of thinking and behaving on an increasingly more fragile and crowded planet. This book presents a collection of essays that capture the depth and diversity of education for sustainable development (ESD) work in formal education in Canada and the United States. Many of the authors are pioneers in the field of ESD, not only in their own countries but internationally. In this book, they share their expertise, lessons learned, and insights into the ongoing success of their work. The essays reflect leading edge practice, innovation, and depth of experience and provide clear models and strategies for expanding the application and influence of ESD in wealthy countries. The ESD programs described in the book are relevant and culturally appropriate for the specific locally contexts in which they are found but also in the larger context of ESD writ large as a planetary endeavour.
    Description / Table of Contents: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Series Editors' Introduction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Biographies of Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States-An Overview; Chapter 1: Education for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Formal Education in the New Millennium; Purpose and Structure of This Book; Schooling and Sustainable Development; Schooling; Sustainable Development; What Is ESD?; United Nations Decade of ESD; Four Thrusts of ESD
    Description / Table of Contents: Improving Access and Retention in Quality Basic EducationReorienting Existing Educational Programs to Address Sustainability; Increasing Public Understanding and Awareness of Sustainability; Providing Training to All Sectors of the Workforce; Four Thrusts and Formal/Non-Formal Education; ESD and Student Engagement; Purpose of Education; Chapters and Interrelationships Between Chapters; The Author's Voice; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 2: Education for Sustainable Development in Formal Education in Canada; The Canadian Context; Responsibility for Education; Regional Differences
    Description / Table of Contents: Elementary and Secondary EducationLocal Governance; Contemporary Challenges; ESD in Canada: A Historical Perspective; Early Challenges in Implementing Agenda 21 in Canada; Box 2.1 Reflections on the Beginnings of ESD; ESD and Formal Education Before the UNDESD; ESD and Formal Education After the Beginning of the UNDESD; Canadian Commission for UNESCO; Ministries of Education; Revisiting the Scope and Mandate of ESD; Higher Education; K-12 Changes in ESD; Measuring Educational Success and Striving for Equity; An Uncertain Future; Courage to Question; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Education for Sustainability in the K-12 Educational System of the United StatesIntroduction; The Changing System; The National Policy Landscape; The State Policy Landscape; The Role of Nongovernmental Organizations; Changing Practices; Curriculum; Pedagogy; School-Level Projects; Challenges and Questions for the Future; References; Part II: Teacher Education; Chapter 4: Teacher Education and ESD in the United States: The Vision, Challenges, and Implementation; The Context of Teacher Education in the United States; Teacher Education and Public School Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: Impacts of the Economic RecessionChallenge or Opportunity?; Reorienting Teacher Education to Address Sustainable Development; Focus on Improving Outcomes for All Students; Embed ESD in the Process of Learning to Be a Teacher; Use Existing Structures and Processes; Certificate Programs; Sustainability Concentration; State Endorsement and Certification Requirements; Certification; Specialty Area Endorsement; Accreditation of TEIs; Provide Professional Development for Faculty and Administrators; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Preservice Teaching and Pedagogies of Transformation
    Description / Table of Contents: An Apprenticeship of Observation
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 139
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743458
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 338 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 282
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The mechanization of natural philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 16th century ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 17th century ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturphilosophie ; Mechanismus ; Ideengeschichte 1550-1720
    Abstract: The Mechanisation of Natural Philosophy is devoted to various aspects of the transformation of natural philosophy during the 16th and 17th centuries that is usually described as mechanical philosophy .Drawing the border between the old Aristotelianism and the « new » mechanical philosophy faces historians with a delicate task, if not an impossible mission. There were many natural philosophers who actually crossed the border between the two worlds, and, inside each of these worlds, there was a vast spectrum of doctrines, arguments and intellectual practices. The expression mechanical philosophy is burdened with ambiguities. It may refer to at least three different enterprises: a description of nature in mathematical terms; the comparison of natural phenomena to existing or imaginary machines; the use in natural philosophy of mechanical analogies, i.e. analogies conceived in terms of matter and motion alone.However mechanical philosophy is defined, its ambition was greater than its real successes. There were few mathematisations of phenomena. The machines of mechanical philosophers were not only imaginary, but had little to do with the machines of mecanicians. In most of the natural sciences, analogies in terms of matter and motion alone failed to provide satisfactory accounts of phenomena.By the same authors: Mechanics and Natural Philosophy before the Scientific Revolution (Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 254).
    Description / Table of Contents: The Mechanization of Natural Philosophy; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Part I: The Construction of Historical Categories; Chapter 1: Remarks on the Pre-history of the Mechanical Philosophy; 1.1 What Was the Mechanical Philosophy?; 1.2 The Mechanical Philosophy Before Boyle; 1.3 Bacon; 1.4 Galileo; 1.5 Mersenne; 1.6 Descartes/Gassendi/Hobbes: Mechanical Philosophers?; 1.7 Novatores, Latitudinarians, and the Construction of the Mechanical Philosophy; 1.8 A Broader Conception of Mechanism?; Chapter 2: How Bacon Became Baconian
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 The Meaning of Mechanical Operation in Bacon's Oeuvre2.2 Mechanical and Vital Readings of Bacon's Natural Philosophy in Seventeenth-Century England; 2.3 Conclusion; Chapter 3: An Empire Divided: French Natural Philosophy (1670-1690); 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 A Debate on Natural Philosophy; 3.3 On the Side of the New Philosophers; 3.3.1 The Methodology of Ontology: Beings Should Not Be Multiplied Without Necessity; 3.3.2 The Way of Physics: Physics Should Explain Phenomena, Namely, Give Efficient Causes; 3.3.3 Ontological Categories: The Bipartition Between Body and Soul Should Be Respected
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.4 The Social Twist3.4 On the Side of the Old Philosophers; 3.4.1 The Methodology of Ontology: The Multiplication of Corpuscles and the Missing Metaphysical Supplement; 3.4.2 The Way of Physics: One Should Not Indulge in Hypotheses, Ignore Experiments and Use Empty Words; 3.4.3 The Ontological Categories and the Controversy Over Animal Souls; 3.4.4 Another Social Twist; 3.5 Conclusions; Part II: Matter, Motion, Physics and Mathematics; Chapter 4: Matter and Form in Sixteenth-Century Spain: Some Case Studies; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Corpuscular Theories of the Physician d'Olesa
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Elements, Minima and Qualities4.2.2 The Problem of Mixture; 4.2.3 A Corpuscular Theory of Light and Vision; 4.3 The Absence of a Tradition; 4.3.1 The Hypothesis of Menéndez Pelayo; 4.3.2 The Salamacan Physician Gomez Pereira; 4.3.3 The Salamacan Physician Francisco Valles; 4.4 Conclusion; Chapter 5: The Composition of Space, Time and Matter According to Isaac Newton and John Keill; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Isomorphism of Space, Time and Matter in Early Modern Natural Philosophy; 5.3 The Evolution of Newton's Views on the Composition of Space, Time and Matter
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 The Isomorphism of Space, Time and Matter According to John Keill5.5 Conclusion; Chapter 6: Beeckman, Descartes and Physico-Mathematics; 6.1 Beeckman; 6.1.1 Persistence of Motion; 6.1.2 Persistence of the Form of a Motion; 6.1.3 Conservation in the Exchange of Motion; 6.1.4 Isoperimetric Figures; 6.2 Descartes; 6.2.1 Persistence of Motion; 6.2.2 Communication of Motion; 6.2.3 Persistence and Direction; 6.3 Physico-Mathematics; Chapter 7: Between Mathematics and Experimental Philosophy: Hydrostatics in Scotland About 1700; 7.1 Between Mathematics and Experimental Philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 The Mathematical Hydrostatics of Wallis, Gregorie, and Newton
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 140
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400714946
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 1582 p. eReference, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - Handbook of the Philosophical Foundations of Business Ethics
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Economics ; Philosophy (General) ; Law—Philosophy. ; Law—History. ; Philosophy (General) ; Economics ; Ethics ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Business ; Management science. ; Law ; Law ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Unternehmensethik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Aristotelian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Scholastic Thought and Business Ethics -- Morality and Self-Interest I: Hume, Smith and the Scottish Enlightenment -- Morality and Self-Interest II: Contemporary Perspectives -- Kantian and Hegelian Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Marxist Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Contemporary Continental Philosophy and Business Ethics -- Christian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Jewish Foundations of Business Ethics -- Islamic Foundations of Business Ethics -- Eastern Cultural, Philosophical and Religious Foundations of Business Ethics -- Discourse Ethics and Business -- Contractarianism -- Sen’s “Capabilities”, Poverty and Economic Welfare -- Human Rights, Globalization and Business Ethics -- Gender Issues and Business Ethics -- Justice and Business Ethics -- Philosophical Issues of Sustainability and the Environment -- Free Markets, Morality and Business Ethics -- Property Rights: Material and Intellectual -- Philosophical Issues of Management and Corporations -- Methodology and Business Ethics
    Abstract: The Handbook of Business Ethics: Philosophical Foundations is a standard interdisciplinary reference handbook in the field of business ethics. Articles by notable philosophers and economists examine fundamental concepts, theories and questions of business ethics: Are morality and self-interest compatible? What is meant by a just price? What did the Scholastic philosophers think about business? The handbook will cover the entire philosophical basis of business ethics. Articles range from historical positions such as Aristotelianism, Kantianism and Marxism to systematic issues like justice, religious issues, rights and globalisation or gender. The book is intended as a reference work for academics, students (esp. graduate), and professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 141
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752108
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 181 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Religion (General) ; Humanities / Arts ; Religiöser Pluralismus ; Interreligiosität ; Soziale Bewegung ; Friedenskonsolidierung
    Abstract: This book documents the ultramodern rise of the multifaith movement, as mulitfaith initiatives have been increasingly deployed as cosmopolitan solutions to counter global risks such as terrorism and climate change at the turn of the 21st century. These projects aim to enhance common security, particularly in Western societies following the events of September 11, 2001 and the July 2005 London bombings, where multifaith engagement has been promoted as a strategy to counter violent extremism. The author draws on interviews with 56 leading figures in the field of multifaith relations, including Paul Knitter, Eboo Patel, Marcus Braybrooke, Katherine Marshall, John Voll and Krista Tippett.Identifying the principle aims of the multifaith movement, the analysis explores the benefits-and challenges-of multifaith engagement, as well as the effectiveness of multifaith initiatives in countering the process of radicalization. Building on notions of cosmopolitanism, the work proposes a new theoretical framework termed ‘Netpeace’, which recognizes the interconnectedness of global problems and their solutions. In doing so, it acknowledges the capacity of multi-actor peacebuilding networks, including religious and state actors, to address the pressing dilemmas of our times. The primary intention of the book is to assist in the formation of new models of activism and governance, founded on a ‘politics of understanding’ modeled by the multifaith movement.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 142
    ISBN: 9789048139453 , 1283697939 , 9781283697934
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 171 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Friedenserziehung
    Abstract: Forward-thinking pedagogues as well as peace researchers have, in recent decades, cast a critical eye over teaching content and methodology with the aim of promulgating notions of peace and sustainability in education. This volume gives voice to the reflections of educational theorists and practitioners who have taken on the task of articulating a 'curriculum of difference' that gives positive voice to these key concepts in the pedagogical arena. Here, contributors from around the world engage with paradigm-shifting discourses that reexamine questions of ontology and human subjectivity--discourses that advocate interdisciplinarity as well as the reformulation of epistemological boundaries. Deconstructing the origins and limits of human knowledge and learning, the book affords educators the opportunity to identify and express common elements of the subjects taught and studied in educational institutions, elements that facilitate students' apprehension of peace and sustainability. With penetrating analysis of contemporary issues in the field, this volume introduces a range of fresh theoretical approaches that extend the boundaries of peace education, which is broadly defined as promoting the responsible, equitable and sustainable co-existence of differing human communities. In doing so, the chapters show how we can improve our lives as well as our chances of survival as a species by acknowledging the importance of shared human aspirations that cut across borders, of genuinely listening to alternative voices and opinions, of challenging the ubiquitous, socially constructed historical narratives that define human relations only in terms of power. Charged with vitality and originality, this new publication is a critical examination of issues central to the development and utility of global education
    Abstract: Forward-thinking pedagogues as well as peace researchers have, in recent decades, cast a critical eye over teaching content and methodology with the aim of promulgating notions of peace and sustainability in education. This volume gives voice to the reflections of educational theorists and practitioners who have taken on the task of articulating a ‘curriculum of difference’ that gives positive voice to these key concepts in the pedagogical arena. Here, contributors from around the world engage with paradigm-shifting discourses that reexamine questions of ontology and human subjectivity-discourses that advocate interdisciplinarity as well as the reformulation of epistemological boundaries. Deconstructing the origins and limits of human knowledge and learning, the book affords educators the opportunity to identify and express common elements of the subjects taught and studied in educational institutions, elements that facilitate students’ apprehension of peace and sustainability.With penetrating analysis of contemporary issues in the field, this volume introduces a range of fresh theoretical approaches that extend the boundaries of peace education, which is broadly defined as promoting the responsible, equitable and sustainable co-existence of differing human communities. In doing so, the chapters show how we can improve our lives as well as our chances of survival as a species by acknowledging the importance of shared human aspirations that cut across borders, of genuinely listening to alternative voices and opinions, of challenging the ubiquitous, socially constructed historical narratives that define human relations only in terms of power. Charged with vitality and originality, this new publication is a critical examination of issues central to the development and utility of global education.
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Peace Education; Contents; Contributors; Critical Peace Education: Difficult Dialogues; References; Chapter 1: Meditating on the Barricades: Concerns, Cautions, and Possibilities for Peace Education for Political Efficacy; Reflective and Conceptual Dimensions of Comprehensive/Critical Peace Education; Political Concerns: Efficacy in Establishing Cosmopolitan Norms; Pedagogic Concerns: Maintaining Authentic Open Inquiry; Reflecting Our Way to the Barricades: Multiple Modes of Reflective Inquiry Relevant to the Political Efficacy of Peace Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Caution with Regard to Religious and Spiritual PracticeSignificant Distinctions: Reflective Inquiry into Conceptual Clarifications; Critical and Ideological: Toward Truly Open Inquiry; Morality and Ethics: Pursuing a Wider Scope of Justice and Moral Inclusion; Reflective Inquiry as a Pedagogy of Cosmopolitanism; References; Chapter 2: The Cold Peace; Introduction; The Liberal Philosophy of Peace; Crimes Against Peace; Peace and Development; American Foreign Policy and the Peace Corps; Liberal World Order and the Growth of the Peace Industry; Neoconservatism, War, and Peace
    Description / Table of Contents: The Globalization of ViolenceThe Postmodernization of Peace and the Neoliberalization of Security; References; Chapter 3: Re-imag(e)ining the Cosmopolitical: Deconstructing the Other; References; Chapter 4: The Transformative Power of Engaged Thinking for Peace Education; References; Chapter 5: Critical Pedagogy and Peace Education: Understanding Violence, Human Rights, and the Historical Project of Militant Peace; A Theoretical Framework for Understanding Violence; Who Is the Perpetrator of Violence?
    Description / Table of Contents: Beyond the Politics of Compassion: Discursive and Material Violence in the Age of Human RightsTolerance and the Liberal Ideology of Missionary Politics; Peace Education and Critical Pedagogy: Making Militant Peace a Political Project; References; Chapter 6: Cosmology, Context, and Peace Education: A View from War Zones; Cosmology and Peace Education; Angolan Cosmologies; Perils of Imposition; A Systems Approach to Peace Education; A Case from Northern Uganda; Sociopolitical Disconnects; Toward a Systemic Approach; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Critical Emotional Praxis: Rethinking Teaching and Learning About Trauma and Reconciliation in SchoolsIntroduction; The Psychic, Social and Political Influence of Emotions of Trauma and the Implications for Reconciliation Efforts; The Political Appropriation of Emotions of Trauma in Schools: The Example of Fear; Critical Emotional Praxis for Reconciliation Education; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: What You See Depends Where You Stand: Critical Anticolonial Perspectives on Genocide Education Addressing the 1994 Rwandan Genocide; Situating Our Project; In Conversation: Umwali
    Description / Table of Contents: Marie-Jolie
    Description / Table of Contents: Meditating on the Barricades: Concerns, Cautions and Possibilities for Peace Education for Political Efficacy, Betty Reardon -- The Cold Peace, Michael A. Peters and James Thayer -- Re-imag(e)ining the Cosmopolitical: Deconstructing the Other, Bryan A. Wright -- The Transformative Power of Engaged Thinking for Peace Education, Robert Gould -- Critical Pedagogy and Peace Education: Understanding Violence, Human Rights, and the Historical Project of Militant Peace, Panayota Gounari -- Cosmology, Context, and Peace Education: A View From War Zones, Michael G. Wessells -- Critical Emotional Praxis: Rethinking Teaching and Learning About Trauma and Reconciliation in Schools, Mychalinos Zembylas -- What you see depends where you stand: Critical anticolonial perspectives on Genocide Education addressing the 1994 Rwandan Genocide, Lisa K. Taylor, Marie-Jolie Rwigema, Sollange Ssuter Umwali -- Forging a Constellation, Re-covering A Space of Memory Beyond Reconciliation and Consternation, Mario Di Paolantonio -- The Road to Inclusion: Citizenship and Participatory Action Research as a Means of Redressing “Otherness” Among Homeless Youth, David Alan Goldberg -- Dialogical Hospitality as a Habitat for Peace, Francois Mifsud..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 143
    ISBN: 9789400755529 , 1283908689 , 9781283908689
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 117 p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Pädagogik ; Internet ; Netzwerk
    Abstract: Identifying 'networked flow' as the key driver of networked creativity, this new volume in the Springer Briefs series deploys concepts from a range of sub-disciplines in psychology to suggest ways of optimizing the innovative potential of creative networks. In their analysis of how to support these networks, the contributing authors apply expertise in experimental, social, cultural and educational psychology. They show how developing a creative network requires the establishment of an optimal group experience in which individual intentions inform and guide collective goals. The volume represents a three-fold achievement. It develops a ground-breaking new perspective on group creativity: the notion of 'networked flow' as a bridging concept linking the neuropsychological, psychological and social levels of the creative process. In addition, the authors set out a six-stage model that provides researchers with a methodological framework (also by referring to the social network analysis) for studying the creativity traditionally associated with interpersonal contexts. Finally, the book includes perceptive analysis of the novel possibilities opened up by second-generation internet technologies, particularly in social networking, that seem destined to develop and sustain online creativity. As a wide-ranging exposition of a new direction in theoretical psychology that is laden with exciting possibilities, this volume will inform and inspire professionals, scholars and students alike
    Abstract: Identifying ‘networked flow’ as the key driver of networked creativity, this new volume in the Springer Briefs series deploys concepts from a range of sub-disciplines in psychology to suggest ways of optimizing the innovative potential of creative networks. In their analysis of how to support these networks, the contributing authors apply expertise in experimental, social, cultural and educational psychology. They show how developing a creative network requires the establishment of an optimal group experience in which individual intentions inform and guide collective goals.The volume represents a three-fold achievement. It develops a ground-breaking new perspective on group creativity: the notion of ‘networked flow’ as a bridging concept linking the neuropsychological, psychological and social levels of the creative process. In addition, the authors set out a six-stage model that provides researchers with a methodological framework (also by referring to the social network analysis) for studying the creativity traditionally associated with interpersonal contexts. Finally, the book includes perceptive analysis of the novel possibilities opened up by second-generation internet technologies, particularly in social networking, that seem destined to develop and sustain online creativity. As a wide-ranging exposition of a new direction in theoretical psychology that is laden with exciting possibilities, this volume will inform and inspire professionals, scholars and students alike.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: From Creativity to Creative Networks Chapter -- 2: The Cognitive Foundations of Networked Flow Chapter -- 3: The Emergence of Networked Flow Chapter -- 4: Analyzing the Experience of Networked Flow through Social Network Analysis​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 144
    ISBN: 9789400748019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 358 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Phenomenology and the human positioning in the cosmos
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Konferenzschrift 2011 ; Phänomenologie ; Weltall ; Natur
    Abstract: The classic conception of human transcendental consciousness assumes its self-supporting existential status within the horizon of life-world, nature and earth. Yet this assumed absoluteness does not entail the nature of its powers, neither their constitutive force. This latter call for an existential source reaching beyond the generative life-world network. Transcendental consciousness, having lost its absolute status (its point of reference) it is the role of the logos to lay down the harmonious positioning in the cosmic sphere of the all, establishing an original foundation of phenomenology in the primogenital ontopoiesis of life
    Description / Table of Contents: PHENOMENOLOGY AND THE HUMAN POSITIONING IN THE COSMOS; Acknowledgements; Contents; Cosmo-Transcendental Positioning of the Living Being in the Universe in Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka's New Enlightenment; Part I; Cosmos, the Meaningful Construct; Cosmos, a Design with Meaning: Plato; Will, a Natural Power: Epicurus; Meaning and Value in Modern Science; Competing Concepts of the Cosmos in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Humanists, Classical Revival and the Hermetic Tradition; Bacon, the Paracelsans and the Organic Tradition; Descartes and the Mechanical Tradition
    Description / Table of Contents: Henry More, Anne Conway and KabbalahCosmos and Scientific Practices in Ancient Greek and Ancient Chinese Thought: A Comparative Interpretation; Ch'i and Li Versus Conflicting Forces and Laws; Ch'i and Li; A Comparative Interpretation; Part II; Apel's Project of Cognitive Anthropology for Non-Western World and a Supplement of Muslim Proposal; Apel's Cognitive Anthropology; Ahistoricality of Meanings and the Islamic-Hermeneutic Reflexivity; Conclusion; El Horizonte Rítmico Del Lenguaje (Trasfondo Fenomenológico En Las Coplas De Jorge Manrique); Kinds of Guise Bundles
    Description / Table of Contents: Towards a Rough Doctrine of Guise-Bundle CategoriesBibliography; Enmeshed Experience in Architecture: Understanding the Affordances of the Old Galata Bridge in Istanbul; Introduction; Interpretive Framework for Enmeshed Experience; Understanding the Affordances of Istanbul and the Old Galata Bridge; Concluding Remarks; References; Part III; Plato on Return to the Nature; Bibliography; Nature's Value and Nature's Future; Towards the Wholes (Holism); Nature's Future; Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka's Views and Environmental Ethics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: (Mis)Triangulated Human Positioning in the Cosmos: (Un)Covering the (Meta) Physical Identity of Agents of Good and Evil in Head and SilkoReferences; Beyond the Human-Nature Dualism: Towards a Concept of Nature as Part of the Life-World; Introduction; Settling the Dualism: Descartes' Dream; Husserl's Criticism: How a Dream Became a Crisis; Beyond the Divide; Conclusion; References; Metaphysics and the Concept of World in Rudolph Carnap and Moritz Schlick; Construction Theory and the Elementarerlebnisse; The Physical Account Provided in Weltbegriff and the Psychical Dimension
    Description / Table of Contents: About the Experience and Objectivity of Factual "States of Affairs"Part IV; Nature: Sealing the Humanness. Applying Phenomenology of Life to a Romanian Artistic Work; References; The Path of Truth: From Absolute to Reality, from Point to Circle; Introduction; The Point According to Medieval Eastern and Western Thinkers; The Creation Process from the Absolute to the Relative; The Process of Cognition - From the Point to the Circle; Conclusion; References; Newton's Phenomena and Malay Cosmology: A Comparative Perspective; Introduction; Newton's Cosmology; Malay Cosmology; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Peering Through the Keyhole (The Phenomenology and Ontology of Cyberspace in Contemporary Societies)
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- Cosmo-Transcendental Positioning of the Living Being in the Universe in Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka’s New Enlightenment; Jadwiga S. Smith -- SECTION I -- Cosmos, the Meaningful Construct; Halil Turan -- Competing Conceptions of the Cosmos in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Oliver W. Holmes -- Call of Philosophising as “Dichten”: Writing-Voicing-Listening-Reciting in Pace with the Rhyming Pulse of Cosmos as Tota Simulteitas; Erkut Sezgin -- "Cosmos" and Scientific Practices in Ancient Greek and Ancient Chinese Thought: A Comparative Interpretation; Sinan Kadir Celik -- SECTION 2 -- Apel's Project of Cognitive Anthropology for Non-Western World and a Supplement of Muslim Proposal; Abdul Rahim Afaki -- The Rhythmic Horizon of Language (Phenomenological Foundations of Jorge Manrique’s Coplas); Antonio Dominguez Rey -- A Subjectivist Inquiry Concerning Intrinsic Value in Environmental Ethics; Ayhan Sol and Selma Aydin Bayram -- Kinds of Guise Bundles; Semiha Akinci -- Enmeshed Experience in Architecture: Understanding the Affordances of the Old Galata Bridge in Istanbul; Semra Aydinly -- SECTION III -- Plato on Return to the Nature; Olena Shkubulyani -- Nature’s Value and Nature’s Future; Leszek Pyra -- (Mis)Triangulated Human Positioning in the Cosmos: (Un)Covering the (Meta)Physical Identity of Agents of Good and Evil in Head and Silko; Imafedia Okhamafe -- Beyond the Human-Nature Dualism.  Towards a Concept of Nature as Part of the Life-World; Karen Francois -- Metaphysics and the Concept of World in Rudolph Carnap and Moritz Schlick; Giuseppina Sgueglia -- SECTION IV -- Nature, Sealing the Humanness.  Applying Phenomenology of Life to a Romanian Artistic Work Carmen Cozma -- The Path of Truth: from Absolute to Reality, from Point to Circle; Konul Bunyadzade -- Newton's Phenomena and Malay Cosmology: A Comparative Perspective; A.L. Samian -- Peering Through the Keyhole (The Phenomenology and Ontology of Cyberspace in Contemporary Societies); J.C. Couceiro-Bueno -- SECTION V -- Reason and as the Frames and Partitions of the Temple of Life; Salahaddin Khalilov -- Direct Intuition: Strategies of Knowledge in the Phenomenology of Life, with Reference to the Philosophy of Illumination; Olga Louchakova-Schwartz -- What the Lake Said.  Amiel's New Phenomenology and Nature; Daria Gosek -- How Can Sisyphus be Happy with His Fate?; Sibel Oktar -- ADMINISTRATIVE APPENDIX -- Introducing Letter from Daniela Verducci Upon Her Inauguration as Vice-President of the World Phenomenology Institute (June 28, 2011); Daniela Verducci.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 145
    ISBN: 9789400753921 , 1283910292 , 9781283910293
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVIII, 240 p. 30 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Schüler ; Imagination
    Abstract: Researchers agree that schools construct a particular image of science, in which some characteristics are featured while others end up in oblivion. The result is that although most children are likely to be familiar with images of heroic scientists such as Einstein and Darwin, they rarely learn about the messy, day-to-day practice of science in which scientists are ordinary humans. Surprisingly, the process by which this imagination of science in education occurs has rarely been theorized. This is all the more remarkable since great thinkers tend to agree that the formation of images - imagination - is at the root of how human beings modify their material world. Hence this process in school science is fundamental to the way in which scientists, being the successful agents in/of science education, actually create their own scientific enterprise once they take up their professional life.One of the first to examine the topic, this book takes a theoretical approach to understanding the process of imagining science in education. The authors utilize a number of interpretive studies in both science and science education to describe and contrast two opposing forces in the imagination of science in education: epicization and novelization. Currently, they argue, the imagination of science in education is dominated by epicization, which provides an absolute past of scientific heroes and peak discoveries. This opens a distance between students and today’s scientific enterprises, and contrasts sharply with the wider aim of science education to bring the actual world of science closer to students. To better understand how to reach this aim, the authors offer a detailed look at novelization, which is a continuous renewal of narratives that derives from dialogical interaction. The book brings together two hitherto separate fields of research in science education: psychologically informed research on students’ images of science and semiotically informed research on images of science in textbooks. Drawing on a series of studies in which children participate in the imagination of science in and out of the classroom, the authors show how the process of novelization actually occurs in the practice of education and outline the various images of science this process ultimately yields.
    Description / Table of Contents: Imagination of Science in Education; Preface; Contents; Introduction: Imagination, Epicization, and Novelization in Science Education; Part I Epics of Science in Science Education; Chapter 1: The Heroes of Science; Science Curricula and Students' Images of Scientists; Representations of Scientists in Textbooks; Case 1: Louis Pasteur; Narratives, Identity, and Scientific Practice; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; Common Structures in the Representation of Scientists; Principles of Semiotic Analysis; Deletion of Lives and Works; Case 2: Mendel's Laws; Case 3: Darwin's Voyage
    Description / Table of Contents: Production of Heroic ImagesSo What?; Chapter 2: What Scientific Heroes Are (Not) Doing; Scientists and Cartesian Graphs; Ethnographic Background; Semiological Model of Scientists' Graph Reading; Segmenting Inscriptions: From It to Signifier; Hermeneutic Reading: From Signifier to "Natural Object"; Transparent Reading: Fusion of Signifier and "Natural Object"; Tracking Water; Trajectories: Between Natural Object, Signifiers, and It; The Making of Heroes; Part II A Need for Novelized Images of Science; Chapter 3: Science as One Form of Human Knowing; Multiculturalism Versus Universalism
    Description / Table of Contents: A Need for a Different EpistemologyTEK and Science as Forms of Human Knowledge; Producing Scientific Knowledge/Reducing Local Contexts; Applying Scientific Knowledge/Reducing Local Contexts; Toward a Dialogic Conception of the TEK-Science Relation; Chapter 4: Science as Dynamic Practice; Genomics as a Case of the Dynamics of Science; Capturing the Dynamics of Science; Definitions of Scientific Literacy and the Dynamics of Science; Scientific Literacy as Set of Cognitive Objectives; Scientific Literacy as Individually Constructed Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Scientific Literacy as an Emergent Feature of Collective Human ActivityCollective Activity and Students' Agency in Genomics Education; Toward Novelization in Genomics Education; Part III Toward Novelization in/of Science Education; Chapter 5: Scientific Literacy in the Wild; Struggle for Access to the Collective Water Grid; The Birth of a Concept; Repeated Re/definition; Standards Cannot Capture Scientific Literacy in the Wild; Rethinking the Nature of Knowledge and Scientific Literacy; Novelizing "Scientific Literacy"; Chapter 6: Translations of Scientific Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on Students' "Images of Science"Scientific Practice, Human Activity, and "Imagification"; Ethnography of Science and Internship; "Students' Images of Science"; Interpreting Translations of Scientific Practices; How Are "Images of Science" Produced?; Episode 1; Episode 2; Episode 3; Episode 4; The Epic Nature of "Students' Images of Science"; Chapter 7: Place and Chronotope; A Beautiful Marine Park; Place as Problematic; Ecological Place-Based Education; Critical Pedagogy of Place; Place as Voice; Place as Living Entity; Place as Chronotope; The Notion of Chronotope
    Description / Table of Contents: Place as Chronotope
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- INTRODUCTION: Imagination, Epicization, and Novelization in Science Education -- PART I: EPICS OF SCIENCE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 1. The Heroes of Science -- 2. What Scientific Heroes Are (Not) Doing -- PART II: A NEED FOR NOVELIZED IMAGES OF SCIENCE -- 3. Science as One Form of Human Knowing -- 4. Science as Dynamic Practice -- PART III: TOWARD NOVELIZATION IN/OF SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 5. Scientific Literacy in the Wild -- 6. Translations of Scientific Practice -- 7. Place and Chronotope -- PART IV: NOVELIZING DISCOURSE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 8. Science Education for Sustainable Development -- 9. Novelizing Native and Scientific Discourse -- 10. Fullness of Life as a Minimal Novelizing Unit -- CODA: Novelizing the Novelized Image of Science in Education -- References -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 146
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 328 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 118
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Autonomy and the self
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Autonomie ; Selbst ; Willensfreiheit ; Selbstständigkeit ; Person
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent's personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one's self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume's contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt's notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one's self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent’s personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one’s self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume’s contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt’s notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one’s self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses.
    Description / Table of Contents: Autonomy and the Self; Foreword; Contents; Introduction; The Self; Subjectivist Accounts of the Self; Existential Account; Essential Nature Account; Social-Relational Accounts of the Self; Narrative Accounts of the Self; Autonomy and the Self; Existential cum Libertarian Thesis; Authenticity via Essential Nature Thesis; Internal vs. External Aspects of Autonomy and the Self; Autonomy, the Self, and Limited Freedom; Overview of Contributions; Part I: Autonomy and Free Will; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal T raits; Part III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Autonomy and Free Will; Freedom Without Choice?; 1 Introducing the Problem; 2 The Concept of Freedom; 3 Cutting the Possibilities Criterion; 4 Advancing the Criterion of "Naturalness"; 5 Freedom Dependent on Actual Choice; 6 Freedom Dependent on Possible Choice; 7 Possible Forms of Freedom Without Choice; 8 Conclusion; References; Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; 1 Terminological and Substantial Disputes About Free Will; 2 The Evaluative Approach; 3 Varieties of Free Will; 3.1 Reflexivity or Capacity for Self- Consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 The Internal Structure of Free Will3.2.1 The Will I Experience as My Own; 3.2.2 The Will I Experience Wholeheartedly as My Own; 3.2.3 The Will I Try to Make My Own; 3.2.4 Will with the (Positive or Indifferent) Experience of Having Alternative Possibilities (Willkürfreiheit); 3.2.5 The Will I Experience (Positively) as Being Without Alternatives (Necessary Will); 3.2.6 Diachronic and Dynamic Will; 3.2.7 Strong or Rational Will; 3.3 The Context of Embedded Will; 3.3.1 The Will Which Is My Own (Authentic Will); 3.3.2 The Will I Make My Own (Autonomous Will)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.3 Will with and Without Alternative Possibilities of Willing3.3.4 Will with Good Options; 3.3.5 Realizable Will; 3.3.6 Recognized Will; 3.3.7 Accountable and Responsible Will; 3.4 The Content of Free Will; 3.4.1 The Will Which Wills Free Will; 3.4.2 Prudent, Moral, and Legal Will; 3.4.3 Collective or Shared Will; 3.4.4 Transgressing Borders: Extended Will; 3.4.5 Ethical (Sittlicher) Will; References; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits; Norm-Guided Formation of Cares Without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction : Identification, Leeway, and Existential Autonomy2 Preliminaries: Rationalist Constitutivism and Arguments Against Leeway-Liberty; 3 From Caring to Volitional Necessities: Frankfurt's VN-Arguments; 3.1 Identification, Caring, and Love; 3.2 Frankfurt's Kantian Analogy; 3.3 Frankfurt's Integrity Argument; 3.4 The Emptiness of Total Liberty; 4 An Existentialist Response to Frankfurt: Projective Motivation and Norms; 4.1 Frankfurt's False Dichotomy and Internalism; 4.2 Normative Authority Without Prior Motives; 4.3 Existential Autonomy with Leeway-Liberty to the Core
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 The Dilution of Options by Too Many Alternatives?
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- Introduction; Michael Kühler, Nadja Jelinek -- Section I: Autonomy and Free Will -- 1. Freedom Without Choice?; Gottfried Seebaß -- 2. Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; Barbara Merker -- Section II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits -- 3. Norm-Guided Formation of Cares without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt; John Davenport -- 4. Dynamics in Autonomy; Nadja Jelinek -- 5. The Normative Significance of Personal Projects; Monika Betzler -- 6. Normative Self-Constitution and Individual Autonomy; John Christman -- 7. Psychocorporeal Selfhood, Practical Intelligence, and Adaptive Autonomy; Diana Tietjens Meyers -- 8. Emotion, Autonomy, and Weakness of Will; Sabine Döring -- 9. Who Am I to Uphold Unrealizable Normative Claims?; Michael Kühler -- Section III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip -- 10. Paternalistic Love and Reasons for Caring; Bennett W. Helm -- 11. Self-Identity and Moral Agency; Marina Oshana -- 12. Being Identical by Being (Treated as) Responsible; Michael Quante -- 13. Integrity Endangered by Hypocrisy; Nora Hangel -- 14. Who Can I Blame?; Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen -- About the Authors -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 147
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752436
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 241 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Norms in technology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Technik ; Philosophie ; Erkenntnistheorie ; Technik ; Philosophie ; Erkenntnistheorie
    Abstract: This book offers a fusion of philosophy and technology, delineating the normative landscape that informs today s technologies and tomorrow s inventions. It examines what is deemed to be the internal norms that govern the ever-expanding technical universe
    Abstract: This book is a distinctive fusion of philosophy and technology, delineating the normative landscape that informs today’s technologies and tomorrow’s inventions. The authors examine what we deem to be the internal norms that govern our ever-expanding technical universe. Recognizing that developments in technology and engineering literally create our human future, transforming existing knowledge into tomorrow’s tools and infrastructure, they chart the normative criteria we use to evaluate novel technological artifacts: how, for example, do we judge a ‘good’ from a ‘bad’ expert system or nuclear power plant? As well as these ‘functional’ norms, and the norms that guide technological knowledge and reasoning, the book examines commonly agreed benchmarks in safety and risk reduction, which play a pivotal role in engineering practice.Informed by the core insight that, in technology and engineering, factual knowledge relating, for example, to the properties of materials or the load-bearing characteristics of differing construction designs is not enough, this analysis follows the often unseen foundations upon which technologies rest-the norms that guide the creative forces shaping the technical landscape to come. The book, a comprehensive survey of these emerging topics in the philosophy of technology, clarifies the role these norms (epistemological, functional, and risk-assessing) play in technological innovation, and the consequences they have for our understanding of technological knowledge.
    Description / Table of Contents: Norms in Technology; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 The Many Relations Between Norms and Technology; 2 Two Types of Instrumental Norms; 3 Norms, Risk and Safety; 3.1 The Illusion of Nonnormative Risk Assessment; 3.2 The Undesirability of Risks; 3.3 Prioritization Among Incomparable Risks; 3.4 Probability Weighing; 3.5 Safety Norms in Engineering Practice; 4 The Structure of the Book; Part I: Normativity in Technological Knowledge and Action; Chapter 2: Extending the Scope of the Theory of Knowledge; 1 Introduction; 2 Science and Engineering Knowledge; 3 Engineering Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Exploring Types of Engineering Knowledge5 Will the Justified True Belief Account Work?; 6 Bearers of Knowledge: Beliefs, Actions and Other Categories; 7 Conclusion; Appendix : Edison's Patent; References; Chapter 3: Rules, Plans and the Normativity of Technological Knowledge; 1 Introduction; 2 Technological Rules and Norms; 3 Plans and Agents; 4 Normativity in Technological Knowledge; 5 Towards an Epistemology of Routines; 6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Beliefs, Acceptances and Technological Knowledge; 1 Introduction: Can Technological Knowledge Be a Matter of Beliefs Only?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Types of Acceptances3 Types of Technological Knowledge; 4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Policy Objectives and the Functions of Transport Systems; 1 Introduction; 2 Background and Observations; 2.1 Swedish Transport Policy Objectives; 2.2 Conceptions of Objectives and Rationality; 3 Normative Implications and Lessons Learned; 3.1 Goals Are Subject to Evaluation and Updating; 3.2 There Is a Trade-Off Between Precision and Flexibility; 3.3 Different Kinds of Goals Require Different Approaches; 4 Philosophical Relevance; 4.1 Future Generations
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Standard of Measurement (Axiological Commensurability)4.3 Fairness; 5 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 6: Rational Goals in Engineering Design: The Venice Dams; 1 Introduction; 2 The Function of Engineering Goals; 3 Designing the MOSE System; 4 Precision; 5 Evaluability; 6 Approachability; 7 Consistency; 8 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Normativity and Artefact Norms; Chapter 7: Valuation of Artefacts and the Normativity of Technology; 1 Introduction; 2 Classifying Value Statements; 2.1 Quantitative Classification; 2.2 Classification in Terms of Value Standards
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Categories of Technological Objects4 Functional Value Statements in Technology; 4.1 Function and Value: A First Approximation; 4.2 Four Types of Categories; 4.3 Asymmetries in the Use of Value Terms; 5 Norms; 6 Conclusion; Appendix: The Logic of Category-Specified Value; Categories and Their Elements; Subcategories; Value Predicates; Some Valid Inference Principles; References; Chapter 8: Artefactual Norms; 1 Introduction; 2 What's in a Norm?; 3 Artefact Use and Norms; 3.1 Compatibility; 3.2 Interference; 3.3 Quality; 4 Artefact Design and Norms; 4.1 Marketability; 4.2 Manufacturability
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Transportability, Installability
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I. Normativity in Technological Knowledge and Action.-Chapter 1.  Extending the scope of technological knowledge: Anthonie W.M. Meijers and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 2. Rules, plans and the normativity of technological knowledge: Wybo Houkes -- Chapter 3. Beliefs, acceptances and technological knowledge: Marc J. de Vries and Anthonie W.M. Meijers -- Chapter 4. Policy objectives and the functions of transport systems: Holger Rosencrantz -- Chapter 5. Rational Goals in Engineering Design: The Venice Dams Case: Karin Edvardsson Björnberg -- Part 2. Normativity and Artefact Norms -- Chapter 6. Valuation of Artefacts and the Normativity of Technology: Sven Ove Hansson -- Chapter 7. Artifactual norms: Krist Vaesen -- Chapter 8. Instrumental Artifact Functions and Normativity: Jesse Hughes -- Chapter 9. The goodness and kindness of artefacts: Maarten Franssen -- Part 3. Normativity and Technological Risks -- Chapter 10. The Non-Reductivity of Normativity in Risks: Niklas Möller -- Chapter 11. Risk and Degrees of Rightness: Martin Peterson and Nicolas Espinoza -- Chapter 12. Naturalness, Artifacts, and Value: Per Sandin -- Chapter 13. Trust in Technological Systems: Philip J. Nickel -- Index.     ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 148
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754409
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 693 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buch-Ausgabe Climate change and the law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Renewable energy sources ; Climatic changes ; Economics ; Law ; Law ; Renewable energy sources ; Climatic changes ; Economics ; Climatic changes ; Law and legislation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Klimaänderung ; Internationales Umweltrecht
    Abstract: Climate Change and the Law is the first scholarly effort to systematically address doctrinal issues related to climate law as an emergent legal discipline. It assembles some of the most recognized experts in the field to identify relevant trends and common themes from a variety of geographic and professional perspectives.In a remarkably short time span, climate change has become deeply embedded in important areas of the law. As a global challenge calling for collective action, climate change has elicited substantial rulemaking at the international plane, percolating through the broader legal system to the regional, national and local levels. More than other areas of law, the normative and practical framework dedicated to climate change has embraced new instruments and softened traditional boundaries between formal and informal, public and private, substantive and procedural; so ubiquitous is the reach of relevant rules nowadays that scholars routinely devote attention to the intersection of climate change and more established fields of legal study, such as international trade law.Climate Change and the Law explores the rich diversity of international, regional, national, sub-national and transnational legal responses to climate change. Is climate law emerging as a new legal discipline? If so, what shared objectives and concepts define it? How does climate law relate to other areas of law? Such questions lie at the heart of this new book, whose thirty chapters cover doctrinal questions as well as a range of thematic and regional case studies. As Christiana Figueres, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), states in her preface, these chapters collectively provide a “review of the emergence of a new discipline, its core principles and legal techniques, and its relationship and potential interaction with other disciplines.”
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate Change and the Law; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Introduction: Climate Change and the Law; 1.1 Exploring the Relationship Between Climate Change and the Law; 1.2 Structure and Organization; Part I: Climate Law as an Emerging Discipline; Chapter 2: Implementing Climate Governance: Instrument Choice and Interaction; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Exploring the Boundaries of Domestic Climate Law; 2.2.1 Instrument Choice at the Domestic Level; 2.2.2 Instrument Interactions at the Domestic Level
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2.1 Internal and External Conflicts - An Analytical Framework2.2.3 Coherence by Design: Envisioning a Domestic Climate Management Regime; 2.2.3.1 The Legal Context - Identifying a Mandate; 2.2.3.2 Integrated Greenhouse Gas Management - Clinching the Objective; 2.3 Instrument Choice at the International Level; Chapter 3: Exploring the Landscape of Climate Law and Scholarship: Two Emerging Trends; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Mapping the Landscape of Climate Change Law; 3.2.1 Role of the UNFCCC; 3.2.2 Regulation of the CDM: Multiple Layers, Diverse Actors and Deformalization
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Climate Law: Interactions Between Sources of Legal Authority3.3.1 Background: Globalization and Law; 3.3.2 Climate Law and Interaction Between Different Sources of Legal Authority; 3.3.2.1 Vertical Interaction: International and National Law; 3.3.2.2 Vertical Interaction: Sub-national Initiatives; 3.3.2.3 Interaction Between National Jurisdictions; 3.4 Climate Law: Non-state Actors and Deformalization; 3.4.1 Public-Private Partnerships and Other Hybrid Initiatives; 3.4.2 Private Sector Engagement and Voluntary Regulatory Initiatives; 3.4.3 Non-state Actors and Climate Law Research
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 ConclusionsChapter 4: Climate Change and Justice: Perspectives of Legal Theory; 4.1 Theoretical Background: Ethical and Legal Considerations; 4.2 Human Rights: Only Subordinate and Vague "Duties of Protection" with Regard to Sustainability? The Traditional Legal Point of View in Europe and Germany; 4.3 Intergenerational and Global Scope of Human Rights, Protecting the Conditions of Freedom, and Multipolarity of Freedom; 4.4 The Case of Climate Change; 4.5 The Problem of Historical Emissions; 4.6 On the Path to a Justice-Based Framework for Global Climate Governance
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II: International Climate Law - Architecture and InstitutionsChapter 5: Foundations of International Climate Law: Objectives, Principles and Methods; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Objective of the Climate Change Regime; 5.2.1 Mitigation Objectives; 5.2.2 Adaptation Objectives; 5.3 Principles of the Climate Change Regime; 5.3.1 State Sovereignty and Responsibility; 5.3.2 Principle of Preventative Action; 5.3.3 Principle of Cooperation; 5.3.4 The Concept of Sustainable Development; 5.3.5 The Precautionary Principle; 5.3.6 The Polluter Pays Principle
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.7 The Principle of Common But Differentiated Responsibility
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents -- Contributors -- Abbreviations -- 1. Introduction: Climate Change and the Law; Erkki J. Hollo, Kati Kulovesi and Michael Mehling -- Part I: Climate Law as an Emerging Discipline -- 2. Implementing Climate Law: Instrument Choice and Interaction; Michael Mehling -- 3. Exploring the Landscape of Climate Law and Scholarship: Two Emerging Trends; Kati Kulovesi -- 4. Climate Change and Justice: Perspectives of Legal Theory; Felix Ekardt -- Part II: International Climate Law -- Section I: Architecture and Institutions -- 5. Foundations of International Climate Law: Objectives, Principles and Methods; Rowena Maguire -- 6. Alternative Venues of Climate Cooperation: An Institutional Perspective; Camilla Bausch and Michael Mehling -- 7. Analyzing Soft Law and Hard Law in Climate Change; Antto Vihma -- 8. Compliance and Enforcement in the Climate Change Regime; Meinhard Doelle -- Section II: Cross-Cutting Issues -- 9. The New Framework for Climate Finance under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change: A Breakthrough or an Empty Promise?; Yulia Yamineva and Kati Kulovesi -- 10. Climate Justice: The Clean Development Mechanism as a Case Study; Tomilola Eni-ibukun -- 11. Legal Aspects of Climate Change Adaptation; Jonathan Verschuuren -- 12. Climate Change and Human Rights; Timo Koivurova, Sébastien Duyck and Leena Heinämäki -- Section III: Sectoral Issues -- 13.  Managing the Fragmentation of International Climate Law; Harro van Asselt -- 14. No Need to Reinvent the Wheel for a Human Rights-Based Approach to Tackling Climate Change: The Contribution of International Biodiversity Law; Elisa Morgera -- 15. The Role of REDD in the Harmonization of Overlapping International Obligations; Annalisa Savaresi -- 16. Climate Change and Trade: At the Intersection of Two International Legal Regimes; Kati Kulovesi -- 17. Climate Law and Geoengineering; Ralph Bodle -- Part III: Comparative Climate Law -- 18. Climate Law in the United States: Facing Structural and Procedural Barriers; Michael Mehling and David Frenkil -- 19. Canada and the Kyoto Protocol: An Aesop Fable; Jane Matthews Glenn and Jose Otero -- 20. Climate Law in the European Union: Accidental Success or Deliberate Leadership?; Michael Mehling and Kati Kulovesi -- 21. Climate Law in Germany; Felix Ekardt -- 22. Climate Law in the United Kingdom; Colin T. Reid -- 23. Climate Law and Policy in Russia: A Peasant Needs Thunder to Cross Himself and Wonder; Yulia Yamineva -- 24. Australia: From ‘No Regrets’ to A Clean Energy Future?; Sharon Mascher and David Hodgkinson -- 25. Climate Law and Policy in Japan; Hitomi Kimura -- 26. Sustainable Development and Climate Policy and Law in China; Christopher Tung -- 27. India’s Evolving Climate Change Strategy; Namrata Patodia Rastogi -- 28. Climate Change Responses in South Africa; Ed Couzens and Michael Kidd -- 29. Climate Change Policy and Legislation in Brazil; Haroldo Machado Filho -- 30. Climate Law in Latin American Countries; Soledad Aguilar and Eugenia Recio..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 149
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753570 , 1283936097 , 9781283936095
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 215 p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 362
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bayesian argumentation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Reasoning (Psychology) ; Congresses ; Logic ; Congresses ; Thought and thinking ; Congresses ; Probabilities ; Congresses ; Bayesian statistical decision theory ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift ; Argumentationstheorie ; Bayes-Entscheidungstheorie
    Abstract: Relevant to, and drawing from, a range of disciplines, the chapters in this collection show the diversity, and applicability, of research in Bayesian argumentation. Together, they form a challenge to philosophers versed in both the use and criticism of Bayesian models who have largely overlooked their potential in argumentation. Selected from contributions to a multidisciplinary workshop on the topic held in Lund, Sweden, in autumn 2010, the authors count legal scholars and cognitive scientists among their number, in addition to philosophers. They analyze material that includes real-life court cases, experimental research results, and the insights gained from computer models.The volume provides a formal measure of subjective argument strength and argument force, robust enough to allow advocates of opposing sides of an argument to agree on the relative strengths of their supporting reasoning. With papers from leading figures such as Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn, the book comprises recent research conducted at the frontiers of Bayesian argumentation and provides a multitude of examples in which these formal tools can be applied to informal argument. It signals new and impending developments in philosophy, which has seen Bayesian models deployed in formal epistemology and philosophy of science, but has yet to explore the full potential of Bayesian models as a framework in argumentation. In doing so, this revealing anthology looks destined to become a standard teaching text in years to come.
    Description / Table of Contents: Bayesian Argumentation; Foreword; Contents; Bayesian Argumentation: The Practical Side of Probability; 1 Introduction; 2 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3 Chapter Overview; 3.1 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3.2 The Legal Domain; 3.3 Modeling Rational Agents; 3.4 Theoretical Issues; References; Part I: The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Testimony, Argumentation and the `Third Way´; 3 Some Problems for MAXMIN; 4 A Bayesian Perspective; 5 Message Content and Message Source: Exploring Norms and Intuitions
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Rehousing Argumentation Schemes Within a Bayesian Framework7 Concluding Remarks; References; Why Are We Convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Bayesian Source Reliability and Pragma-Dialectical Discussion Rules; 1 Types of the Argumentum Ad Hominem; 2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach; 3 The Bayesian Approach; 4 An Experiment on the Argument Ad Hominem; 5 Method; 6 Results and Discussion; 7 Conclusion; Appendix: Experimental Materials; Abusive; Circumstantial; Tu Quoque; Control; References; 1 Introduction; 2 Survey of Relevant Uncertainties; Part II: The Legal Domain
    Description / Table of Contents: A Survey of Uncertainties and Their Consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation2.1 The Example Case; 2.2 Factual Uncertainty; 2.3 Normative Uncertainty; 2.4 Moral Uncertainty; 2.5 Empirical Uncertainty; 2.6 Interdependencies; 3 Desirable Attributes for a Probabilistic Argument Model to Assist Litigation Planning; 3.1 Assessment of Utilities; 3.2 Easy Knowledge Engineering; 3.3 Conflict Resolution and Argument Weights; 4 Sample Assessment of Graphical Models; 4.1 A Graphical Structure of the Analysis; 4.2 Casting the Example into a Graphical Model; 4.3 Generic Bayesian Networks
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Carneades5.1 A Brief Introduction to the Carneades Model; 5.2 Carneades Bayesian Networks; 5.3 Carneades Bayesian Networks with Probabilistic Assumptions; 5.4 Introduction to Argument Weights; 6 Extension of Carneades to Support Probabilistic Argument Weights; 7 Desiderata for Future Developments; 7.1 Weights Subject to Argumentation; 7.2 Inform Weights from Values; 8 Conclusions and Future Work; References; Was It Wrong to Use Statistics in R v Clark? A Case Study of the Use of Statistical Evidence in Criminal Courts; 1 Introduction; 2 Factual Background; 3 Existing Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Flaws in Meadow´s Calculation3.2 The Psychological Effect of the Statistical Evidence; 3.3 The Prosecutor´s Fallacy; 3.4 Bayes´ Theorem; 3.5 The Insignificance of the SIDS Statistics; 4 The Contrastive Explanation; 5 Conclusion; References; Part III: Modeling Rational Agents; A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation and Polarization; 1 Introduction; 2 The Laputa Simulation Framework; 3 The Underlying Bayesian Model; 4 Interpreting Laputa; 5 Do Bayesian Inquirers Polarize?; 6 Conclusion and Discussion; Appendix; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Degrees of Justification, Bayes´ Rule, and Rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Frank Zenker.​- Part 1 -- The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation -- Chapter 1. Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective: Ulrike Hahn, Mike Oaksford and Adam J.L. Harris -- Chapter 2. Why are we convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Source Reliability or Pragma-Dialectics: Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn.- Part 2. The Legal Domain.-Chapter 3. A survey of uncertainties and their consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation: Matthias Grabmair and Kevin D. Ashley -- Chapter 4. What went wrong in the case of Sally Clark? A case-study of the use of Statistical Evidence in Court: Amid Pundik -- Part 3. Modeling Rational Agents -- Chapter 5. A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation: Erik J. Olsson -- Chapter 6. Degrees of Justification, Bayes' Rule, and Rationality: Gregor Betz -- Chapter 7. Argumentation with (Bounded) Rational Agents: Robert van Rooij and Kris de Jaeghery -- Part 4. Theoretical Issues -- Chapter 8. Reductio, Coherence, and the Myth of Epistemic Circularity: Tomoji Shogenji -- Chapter 9. On Argument Strength: Niki Pfeiffer -- Chapter 10 -- Upping the Stakes and the Preface Paradox: Jonny Blamey -- References.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 150
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753518 , 1283936070 , 9781283936071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 315 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 298
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Agassi, Joseph, 1927 - 2023 The very idea of modern science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 16th century ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 17th century ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science
    Abstract: This book is a study of the scientific revolution as a movement of amateur science. It describes the ideology of the amateur scientific societies as the philosophy of the Enlightenment Movement and their social structure and the way they made modern science such a magnificent institution. It also shows what was missing in the scientific organization of science and why it gave way to professional science in stages. In particular the book studies the contributions of Sir Francis Bacon and of the Hon. Robert Boyle to the rise of modern science. The philosophy of induction is notoriously problematic, yet its great asset is that it expressed the view of the Enlightenment Movement about science. This explains the ambivalence that we still exhibit towards Sir Francis Bacon whose radicalism and vision of pure and applied science still a major aspect of the fabric of society. Finally, the book discusses Boyle’s philosophy, his agreement with and dissent from Bacon and the way he single-handedly trained a crowd of poorly educated English aristocrats and rendered them into an army of able amateur researchers.​
    Description / Table of Contents: The Very Idea of ModernScience; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Part I: Bacons Doctrine of Prejudice (A Study in a Renaissance Religion); Introductory Note; Chapter 1: The Riddle of Bacon; 1.1 The Problem of Methodology; 1.2 The Criticism of Bacon's Writings; 1.3 The Past Suggested Solutions; Chapter 2: Bacon's Philosophy of Discovery; 2.1 Bacon's Utopianism; 2.2 Bacon's Metaphysics; 2.3 Bacon's Induction; 2.4 Bacon's Inductive Machine; Chapter 3: Ellis' Major Difficulty; Chapter 4: The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice; 4.1 Radicalism; 4.2 Radicalism Invented
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Radical MethodologyChapter 5: Bacon on the Origin of Error and Prejudice; Chapter 6: Prejudices of the Senses; 6.1 The Problem of Observation; 6.2 Prejudices of the Senses; 6.3 Bacon's Theory of Discovery; 6.4 Whewell's Theory of Discovery; 6.5 Popper's Theory of Discovery; 6.6 Bacon's "Mark" of Science; Chapter 7: Prejudices of Opinions; 7.1 Suspension of Judgment; 7.2 What Is a Prejudice?; 7.3 Bacon and the Logical Empiricists; 7.4 Bacon's Double Game; 7.5 The Origin of Scientific Theories; 7.6 Science and Imagination; Chapter 8: Bacon's Influence; 8.1 Influence on Immediate Posterity
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Permission to Propose a Hypothesis and to Assert Metaphysics8.3 Permission De Jure and de Facto; 8.4 Legitimation Versus Criticism; 8.5 Bacon's Influence; Chapter 9: Conclusion : The Rise of the Riddle of Bacon; Part II: The Religion of Inductivism as a Living Force; Quasi-Terminological Notes; "The Inductive Style"; "Speculation" and "Hypothesis"; "Hypothesis" and "Fact"; On the Recent Literature; Homage to Robert Boyle; Chapter 10: Philosophical Background; 10.1 Inductivism Classical and Modern; 10.2 Metaphysical Views, Classical and Modern; 10.3 The Doctrine of Prejudice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.4 The Moral Code of the Fraternity10.5 Conclusion; Chapter 11: The Social Background of Classical Science; 11.1 Researchers as Amateurs; 11.2 Researchers as Experts; 11.3 Researchers as Inventors; 11.4 Researchers as Dilettantes; Chapter 12: The Missing Link Between Bacon and the Royal Society; 12.1 The Rise of the Royal Society; 12.2 Boyle's Spirit; 12.3 Boyle's Views on the Spread of Science; Chapter 13: Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity; 13.1 The Eighteenth Century; 13.2 Herschel's Unfair Comment; 13.3 Who Discovered Boyle's Law?; 13.4 Modern Views on Boyle; 13.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 14: The Inductive Style14.1 The Discussion of Style; 14.2 The Inductive Style Versus the Argumentative Style; 14.3 Reporting on Experiments and Writing Systems; 14.4 Boyle on some Systems; 14.5 Thinking and Experimenting; 14.6 The Inductive Style; 14.7 Encyclopedia of Facts or a Just History of Nature; 14.8 Boyle's Promiscuous Experiments; 14.9 Boyle on Attempts to Create some Theories; 14.10 Methodological Tolerance; 14.11 The Usefulness of Hypotheses; 14.12 Civilized Argument; 14.13 Boyle on the Method of Quoting; 14.14 Circumstantial Descriptions A: The Problem
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.15 Circumstantial Descriptions B: Recent Solutions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Acknowledgement -- PART I: BACONS DOCTRINE OF PREJUDICE -- (A study in a Renaissance Religion) Introductory Note -- I The Riddle of Bacon -- (1)  The Problem of Methodology -- (2)    II Bacon’s Philosophy of Discovery -- III Ellis’ Major Difficulty -- IV The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice -- V Bacon on the origin of error and prejudice -- VI Prejudices of the Senses -- VII Prejudices of Opinions -- VIII Bacon’s Influence -- IX Conclusion: The rise of the commonwealth of learning -- PART II: A RELIGION OF INDUCTIVISM AS A LIVING FORCE -- A Quasi-Terminological Note -- On the recent literature -- Homage to Robert Boyle -- I Background Material -- II The social background of classical science -- III The Missing Link between Bacon and the Royal Society of London -- IV Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity -- V The Inductive Style -- VI Mechanism -- VII The new doctrine of prejudice -- Appendices. ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 151
    ISBN: 9789400723214 , 1283944987 , 9781283944984
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 250 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education in the Digital Era 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Martinovic, Dragana Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning
    RVK:
    Keywords: Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: The first volume in this new Springer series explores innovative ways of learning and doing mathematics to make it more appealing to the Net Generation. This generation consists of visual learners who thrive when surrounded with new technologies and whose diverse needs can be met by a variety of cyber tools. In their search for novel ways of studying, such as collaboration with peers and multitasking by using multimedia, the Internet, and other Information and Communication Technologies, they learn mathematics by playing games online, watching and sharing presentations on YouTube, exploring and creating Java applets of mathematics simulations and exchanging thoughts over the instant chat tools. This volume presents mathematics teaching and learning in a way that resonates with these new learners: as a contemporary subject that is engaging, exciting and enlightening. It offers educators insight into how they can make meaningful use of the dynamic, interactive, collaborative, and visual nature of new learning environments while having a deeper understanding of their potential advantages and limitations. This volume:- Bridges the gap between Net Generation learners and mathematics education- Presents conceptual frameworks for research in this area- Explores research data that shed a light on innovative theories and practices in the field of visual mathematics and cyberlearning.
    Description / Table of Contents: Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning; Introduction; Mathematics Education in the Digital Era (MEDEra) Series; Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning - The First Book in the MEDEra Series; Contents; Patterns of Collaboration: Towards Learning Mathematics in the Era of the Semantic Web; Introduction; Cyberlearning: From Web 1.0 to Web 2.0; Patterns of Collaboration: The Case of the MiGen and Metafora Projects; Collaboration in Exploratory Learning Environments; The MiGen System and the Metafora Platform; Collaboration Within the MiGen System and the Metafora Platform
    Description / Table of Contents: Student Collaboration and the TeacherCyberlearning: From Web 2.0 to Web 3.0; The Likely Impact of Web 3.0 on Systems Such as MiGen and Metafora; Conclusion; References; Collaborative Mathematics Learning in Online Environments; Introduction; Collaborative Online Learning of Research-Level Mathematics; Why Talk About the Research Level?; Overview of Online Collaboration at the Research Level; The Polymath Projects; The MathOverflow Website; Collaborative Online Learning: Undergraduate and School-Age Mathematics; Mathematics - Stack Exchange
    Description / Table of Contents: An Excerpt of an Exchange on Mathematics - Stack ExchangeA Global Learning Project; Virtual Math Teams; Analysis and Contextualization; Computer Supported Collaborative Learning; The Computer Moderated Communication Model; Networked Learning, and Collaboration Versus Cooperation; Self-Regulated Learning; Discussion; References; The Integration of Mathematics Discourse, Graphical Reasoning and Symbolic Expression by a Virtual Math Team; Mathematical Practices; Data Collection and Methodology; Setting Up the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 1: Constitution of a New Math Task
    Description / Table of Contents: Excerpt 2: Co-construction of a Method for Counting SticksExcerpt 3: Collective Noticing of a Pattern of Growth; Excerpt 4: Resolution of Referential Ambiguity via Visual Proof; Concluding the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 5: Re-initiating the Discussion of the Algebraic Formula; Excerpt 6: Co-reflection on What the Team has Achieved So Far; Excerpt 7: Overcoming the Problem of Overlapping Sticks; Excerpt 8: Derivation of the Formula for the Number of Sticks; Discussion; Visibility of the Production Process; Persistent Presence of Contributions
    Description / Table of Contents: Methods for Referencing Relevant Artifacts in the Shared Visual FieldCoordination of Whiteboard Visualizations and Chat Narratives; Past and Future Relevancies Implied by Shared Mathematical Artifacts; Conclusion; References; Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies; Background and Rationale; Dynamic Geometry; Haptic Technology; Merging Fields; Theoretical Perspectives; Multi-modal Environment Design; Technical Specifications; Design of Mathematical Activities; Classification of Solids
    Description / Table of Contents: Planar Intersections
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Keith Jones, Eirini Geraniou, & Thanassis Tiropanis: Patterns of collaboration: Towards learning mathematics in the era of the semantic web -- 2. Gorjan Alagic & Mara Alagic: Collaborative mathematics learning in online environments -- 3. Murat Perit Cakir & Gerry Stahl: The integration of mathematics discourse, Graphical reasoning and symbolic expression by a Virtual Math Team -- 4. Beste Güçler, Stephen Hegedus, Ryan Robidoux, & Nicholas Jackiw: Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies -- 5. Dragan Trninic & Dor Abrahamson: Embodied interaction as designed mediations of conceptual performance -- 6. Luis Radford: Sensuous Cognition -- 7. George Gadanidis & Immaculate Namukasa: New media and online mathematics learning for teachers -- 8. Ann LeSage: Web-based video clips: A supplemental resource for supporting pre-service elementary mathematics teachers -- 9. Dragana Martinovic, Viktor Freiman, & Zekeriya Karadag: Visual mathematics and cyberlearning in view of Affordance and Activity Theories. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 152
    ISBN: 9789400740112
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 267 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 115
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The development of bioethics in the United States
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; USA ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: In only four decades, bioethics has transformed from a fledgling field into a complex, rapidly expanding, multidisciplinary field of inquiry and practice. Its influence can be found not only in our intellectual and biomedical institutions, but also in almost every facet of our social, cultural, and political life. This volume maps the remarkable development of bioethics in American culture, uncovering the important historical factors that brought it into existence, analyzing its cultural, philosophical, and professional dimensions, and surveying its potential future trajectories. Bringing together a collection of original essays by seminal figures in the fields of medical ethics and bioethics, it addresses such questions as the following: - Are there precise moments, events, socio-political conditions, legal cases, and/or works of scholarship to which we can trace the emergence of bioethics as a field of inquiry in the United States? - What is the relationship between the historico-causal factors that gave birth to bioethics and the factors that sustain and encourage its continued development today? - Is it possible and/or useful to view the history of bioethics in discrete periods with well-defined boundaries? - If so, are there discernible forces that reveal why transitions occurred when they did? What are the key concepts that ultimately frame the field and how have they evolved and developed over time? - Is the field of bioethics in a period of transformation into biopolitics? Contributors include George Annas, Howard Brody, Eric J. Cassell, H. Tristram Engelhardt Jr., Edmund L. Erde, John Collins Harvey, Albert R. Jonsen, Loretta Kopelman, Laurence B. McCullough, Edmund D. Pellegrino, Warren T. Reich, Carson Strong, Robert M. Veatch, and Richard M. Zaner.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. The birth of bioethics : historical analysis -- pt. 2. The nature of bioethics : cultural and philosophical analysis -- pt. 3. The practice of bioethics : professional dimensions -- pt. 4. The future of bioethics : looking ahead.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction --  1. Jeremy R. Garrett, Fabrice Jotterand, and D. Christopher Ralston - “The Development of Bioethics in the United States: An Introduction” --  Part I: The Birth of Bioethics: Historical Analysis --  2. Eric J. Cassell - “The Beginnings of Bioethics” -- 3. Howard Brody - “Teaching at the University of Texas Medical Branch, 1971-74: Humanities, Ethics, or Both?” -- 4. John Collins Harvey - “André Hellegers, the Kennedy Institute, and the Development of Bioethics: The American-European Connection” -- 5. H.T. Engelhardt, Jr. - “Bioethics as a Liberal Catholic Heresy: Critical Reflections on the Founding of Bioethics” --  Part II: The Nature of Bioethics: Cultural and Philosophical Analysis --  6. Warren T. Reich - “A Corrective for Bioethical Malaise: Revisiting The Cultural Influences That Shaped the Identity of Bioethics” -- 7. George J. Annas - “American Biopolitics” -- 8. Carson Strong - “Medicine and Philosophy: The Coming Together of an Odd Couple” -- 9. Loretta M. Kopelman - “The Growth of Bioethics as a Second-Order Discipline” --  Part III: The Practice of Bioethics: Professional Dimensions --  10.  Robert M. Veatch - “The Development of Bioethics: Bringing Physician Ethics into the Moral Consensus” -- 11. Laurence B. McCullough - “Bioethics and Professional Medical Ethics: Mapping and Managing an Uneasy Relationship” -- 12. Edmund L. Erde - “Professionalism vs. Medical Ethics in the Current Era: A Battle of Giants?” --  Part IV: The Future of Bioethics: Looking Ahead --  13. Richard M. Zaner - “Themes and Schemes in the Development of Bioethics in the United States” -- 14. Edmund D. Pellegrino - “Medical Ethics and Moral Philosophy in an Era of Bioethics” -- 15. Albert R. Jonsen - “Prolegomenon to any Future Bioethics”.  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 153
    ISBN: 9789400752498
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 221 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transformations in research, higher education and the academic market
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education, Higher ; Economic aspects ; Education, Higher ; Finance ; Government aid to higher education ; Higher education and state ; Studium ; Finanzierung ; Öffentliche Förderung ; Wirtschaft ; Hochschule ; Europa ; Akademische Freiheit ; Wirtschaftlichkeit
    Abstract: This volume tackles head-on the controversy regarding the tensions between the principles underlying Academe on the one hand, and the free market on the other. Its outspoken thesis posits that seemingly irresistible institutional pressures are betraying a core principle of the Enlightenment: that the free pursuit of knowledge is of the highest value in its own right. As ‘market principles’ are forced on universities, inducing a neoteric culture of ‘managerialism’, many worry that the very characteristics that made European higher education in particular such a success are being eroded and replaced by ideological opportunism and economic expediency. Richly interdisciplinary, the anthology explores a wealth of issues such as the phenomenon of bibliometrics (linking an institution’s success to the volume and visibility of publications produced). Many argue that the use of such indicators to measure scientific value is inimical to the time-consuming complexities of genuine truth-seeking. A number of the greatest discoveries and innovations in the history of science, such as Newton’s laws of mechanics or the Mendelian laws of inheritance, might never have seen the light of day if today’s system of determining and defining the form and content of science had dominated. With analytical perspectives from political science, economics, philosophy and media studies, the collection interrogates, for example, the doctrine of graduate employability that exerts such a powerful influence on course type and structure, especially on technical and professional training. In contrast, the liberal arts must choose between adaptation to the dictates of employability strategies or wither away as enrollments dwindle and resources evaporate. Research projects and aims have also become an area of controversy, with many governments now assessing the value of proposals in terms of assumed commercial benefits. The contributors argue that these changes, as well as ‘reforms’ in the managerial and administrative structures in tertiary education, constitute a radical break with the previous ontology of science and scholarship: a change in its very character, and not merely its form. It shows that the ‘scientific thinking’ students, researchers, and scholars are encouraged to adopt is undergoing a rapid shift in conceptual content, with significant consequences not only for science, but also for the society of which it is a part.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transformations in Research,Higher Educationand the Academic Market; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Politics and Policy; Reregulation Through Deregulation; The Business of Research; The Business of Teaching; A Transformation Resulting in the Breakdown of Scienti fi c Thought; Part One: Politics and Policy; Part Two: Economic Models; Part Three: Research and Scholarship; Part Four: Higher Education; References; Part I: Politics and Policy; Chapter 2: Power, Knowledge, Morals: Society in the Age of Hybrid Research; Introduction; Politics; Gesinnungsethik: Ethics of Conviction
    Description / Table of Contents: Verantwortungsethik: Ethics of ResponsibilityScience and Research; Academic Norms and the Central Task of Science; Epistemic Drift and Poly-cratic Research Institutions; Mertonian Norms in the Information Society: The Medialization of Science; Bureaucracy; Administrators, Entrepreneurs, and Hybrid Research; From Rules to Targets, From Government to Governance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Innovation and Control: Performative Research Policy in Sweden; Introduction; The Innovation Paradigm; The Document in the Case: Government Bill 2008/09:50; Change!; Innovation!; Competition!
    Description / Table of Contents: Performative Research PolicyReferences; Chapter 4: The Scientific Mission and the Freedom of Research; The Quest for Knowledge and Its Motive: Mission or Spontaneity?; The Scienti fi c Mission and the Free Inquiry; Research Regimes and the Conditions of Science; The Mission of the Human Sciences; References; Internet Publications; Printed Publications; Part II: Economic Models; Chapter 5: Contemporary Research and Innovation Policy: A Double Disservice?; Introduction; The Policy Practitioners' Complaint: A Point of Departure; The Innovation Policy Commission
    Description / Table of Contents: Systemic Features Addressed: But Only on an Aggregated 'Group' LevelPositive Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in 'Packaging' of Research Results; Negative Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in Indirect Utilisation; Positive Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Betting' on Research; Negative Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Muddling Through'; What Is Missing?; Innovation Takes Place in Relation to Speci fi c Others; Coping with the Different Economic Logic of 'Use', 'Supply' and 'Development'; The Need for Bene fi ts in a User Setting; The Need for Bene fi ts in a Supplying Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Settings Characterized by Search for New FunctionsA Limiting Innovation Policy; Rethinking Innovation Policy; Opportunities to Renew National Developing, Supplying and Using Networks; Opportunities to Renew Resources, Activities and Actors; Conclusion: The Need for an Innovation Policy that Addresses Network Forces, Which Have both Light and Dark Sides; References; Chapter 6: The Foundations of Knowledge According to the Knowledge Foundation; Introduction; The Knowledge Foundation; The Foundation's Key Strategy: Co-production; An Ideological Project
    Description / Table of Contents: Universities (Not) in the Interests of the Public
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- 1. Introduction.- Part one: POLITICS AND POLICY.- 2. Power - knowledge - morals: Society in the age of hybrid research -- 3. Innovation and control: Performative research policy in Sweden -- 4. The scientific mission and the freedom of research -- Part two: ECONOMIC MODELS.- 5. Contemporary research and innovation policy: A double disservice? -- 6. The foundations of knowledge according to The knowledge foundation -- 7. Science policy in a socially embedded economy -- Part three: RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP.- 8. Down the slippery-slope: The perils of the academic research industry -- 9. In defence of discretion -- 10. Publish and perish: A note on a collapsing academic authorship -- Part four: HIGHER EDUCATION.- 11. Methodomania -- 12. Higher heteronomy: Thinking through modern university education -- 13. The academic contract: From “simply a metaphor” to technology -- 14. Conclusion - On the verge of breakdown -- References -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 154
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760073 , 1299198252 , 9781299198258
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 132 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Law 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Wellman, Carl, 1926 - 2021 Terrorism and counterterrorism
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Religion (General) ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Religion (General) ; Criminology
    Abstract: This book presents a definition of terrorism that is broad and descriptive and much needed to prevent misunderstanding. The book identifies the features that make terrorism ‘wrong’, including coerciveness, the violation of rights and undermining of trust. Next, it evaluates reasons given for terrorism such as the protection of human rights and the liberation of oppressed groups as not normally justified. Following this, the book identifies and evaluates international responses to terrorism, taking into account General Assembly and Security Council resolutions, United Nations conventions and criminalization in international law. It also looks at national responses which often take the shape of surveillance, detention, interrogation, trials, targeted killings, intrusion and invasion. Finally, the book discusses how, if at all, the moral norms of personal morality apply to the actions of nation states.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.What is Terrorism? -- 2.Why is Terrorism Wrong? -- 3.How Could Terrorism be Justified? -- 4.International Responses -- 5.State Responses -- 6.Moral Limits on State Responses -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 155
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 231 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social morphogenesis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Konferenzschrift ; Sozialer Wandel
    Abstract: The rate of social change has speeded up in the last three decades, but how do we explain this? This volume ventures what the generative mechanism is that produces such rapid change and discusses how this differs from late Modernity. Contributors examine if an intensification of morphogenesis (positive feedback that results in a change in social form) and a corresponding reduction in morphostasis (negative feedback that restores or reproduces the form of the social order) best captures the process involved. This volume resists proclaiming a new social formation as so many books written by empiricists have done by extrapolating from empirical data. Until we can convincingly demonstrate that a new generative mechanism is at work, it is premature to argue what accounts for the global changes that are taking place and where they will lead. More concisely we seek to answer the question whether or not current social change can be regarded as social morphogenesis. Only then, in the next volumes will the same team of authors be able to remove the question mark
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Morphogenesis; Contents; 1 Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; 1.1…Part 1. Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; The Rapidity of Social Change and Empiricism's Shortcomings; Social Morphogenesis: From Toolkit to Theory; Three Levels of Social Morphogenesis; Transformations of the Third-Order; References; Part I Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; 2 Morphogenesis and Social Change; 2.1…The Morphogenetic Approach; 2.2…Social Change Understood Morphogenetically; 2.3…The Morphogenetic Approach Versus the Current Conflationisms
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4…Where Are We Now?References; 3 The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea of a Morphogenetic Society: The Role of Regularities; 3.1…The Topic: Morphogenesis from Meta-Theory to Forms of Social Order; 3.2…Morphogenesis and Regularity: Making Friends with Old Enemies?; 3.3…Duration, Pace, Trajectory, Turning Points, Transitions, and Cycles: New Bricks for the Morphogenetic Fabric; 3.4…Conclusion; References; 4 Emergence and Morphogenesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation?; 4.1…Emergence; Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; 4.2…Causal Reduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; Margaret S. Archer -- PART I. SOCIAL CHANGE AS MORPHOGENESIS.- Chapter 2. Morphogenesis and Social Change; Douglas V. Porpora -- Chapter 3. The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea  of Morphogenetic Society. The Role of Regularities; Andrea M. Maccarini -- Chapter 4. Emergence and Morphognesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; Tony Lawson -- Chapter 5 Morphogenesis, Continuity and Change in the International Political System; Colin Wight -- PART II. SOCIAL FORMATIONS AND THEIR RE-FORMATION -- Chapter 6. Self-Organization: What is it, What isn't it and What's it Got to Do with Morphogenesis; Kate Forbes-Pitt -- Chapter 7. Self-Organization as the Mechanism of Development and Evolution in Social Systems; Wolfgang Hofkirchner -- Chapter 8. Morphogenetic Society: Self-Government and Self-Organization as Misleading Metaphors; Maragaret S. Archer.- PART III. SOCIAL NETWORKS: LINKAGES OR BONDS -- Chapter 9. Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration; Emmanuel Lazega -- Chapter 10. Authority's Hidden Networks: Obligations, Roles and the Morphogenesis of Authority; Ismael Al-Amoudi -- Chapter 11. Morphogenesis and Social Networks: Relational Steering not Mechanical Feedback; Pierpaolo Donati.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 156
    ISBN: 9789400760257
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 218 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Coeckelbergh, Mark, 1975 - Human being risk
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Risikomanagement ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Whereas standard approaches to risk and vulnerability presuppose a strict separation between humans and their world, this book develops an existential-phenomenological approach according to which we are always already beings-at-risk. Moreover, it is argued that in our struggle against vulnerability, we create new vulnerabilities and thereby transform ourselves as much as we transform the world. Responding to the discussion about human enhancement and information technologies, the book then shows that this dynamic-relational approach has important implications for the evaluation of new technologies and their risks. It calls for a normative anthropology of vulnerability that does not ask which objective risks are acceptable, how we can become invulnerable, or which technologies threaten human nature, but which vulnerability transformations we want. To the extent that we can steer the growth of new technologies at all, this tragic and sometimes comic project should therefore be guided by what we want to become.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Human Being Risk; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 The Experience of Risk and Vulnerability; 1.2 The Struggle Against Risk and Vulnerability; 1.3 Technological Risk and the Ethical Evaluation of New Technologies; 1.4 Risk, Vulnerability, and Technology; 1.5 Transhumanism; 1.6 Outline of the Book; References; Part I: Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability; Chapter 2: The Transhumanist Challenge; 2.1 The Ethical Discussion About Human Enhancement and Its Assumptions About Human Being and Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Transhumanists Versus Bioconservatives and Infoconservatives: The Anthropological Issue2.1.2 Fighting the Dragon or Accepting What Is Given by Nature or God? The Question Concerning Human Vulnerability and Tech...; 2.2 First Response to the Anthropological Issue; 2.2.1 Human Nature Has Always Changed; 2.2.2 Technology Has Always Changed Who We Are; 2.2.3 Philosophical Anthropology Has Always Been Normative; 2.2.4 From Human Nature to Human Being: From Essence to Existence; References; Chapter 3: Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.1 Standard Dualist Views of Risk and Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 Objectivist Views: Risk Science, Medicine, and the Psychology of Risk3.1.2 The Social Construction of Risk and Cultural Theory of Risk; 3.2 An Existential-Phenomenological Alternative: A Relational Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.2.1 Existential Vulnerability: Preliminary Phenomenology of Risk and Vulnerability; 3.2.2 Existential Vulnerability: Being-at-Risk, Fear, and Care (Using Heidegger 1); 3.2.3 Existential Versus Existentialist (Not Using Heidegger 2); 3.2.4 The Tradition of Philosophical Anthropology: Plessner; References; Chapter 4: Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Culture(s) of Vulnerability4.1.1 Experience: Imaginations of Vulnerability; 4.1.1.1 An Example: Experiences and Cultures of Health and Illness; 4.1.2 Praxis and Habitus: Imagination as Representation Versus Imagination in Action; 4.2 Vulnerability Transformations; 4.2.1 Spiritual Technologies and Religious Culture; 4.2.2 Material Technologies and Technological, Financial, and Economic Culture; 4.2.3 Social Technologies and Political Culture; 4.2.4 Technologies of the Self and Self-Culture; 4.3 Conclusion: Vulnerability Transformations as Transformations of a Form of Life; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II: Normative Anthropology of VulnerabilityChapter 5: Ethics of Vulnerability (i): Implications for Ethics of Technology; 5.1 Vulnerability and Ethics; 5.1.1 The Value of Vulnerability and the Vulnerability of Value; 5.1.2 Evaluating Vulnerability Transformations; 5.1.2.1 Personal Robots; 5.1.2.2 Human Genetic Enhancement; 5.2 Ethics of Technology as an Ethics of Vulnerability; 5.2.1 Standard View: Human Values Versus Technological Means; 5.2.2 Alternative: Learning to Be-at-Risk; 5.3 The Design and Growth of Human Vulnerability; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Ethics of Vulnerability (ii): Imagining the Posthuman Future
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability --  Chapter 1. The Transhumanist Challenge -- Chapter 2. An Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 3. Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability -- Part II Normative Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 4. Ethics of Vulnerability (1): Implications for ethics of technology -- Chapter 5. Ethics of Vulnerability (2): Imagining the Posthuman future -- Chapter 6. Ethics of Vulnerability (3): Vulnerability in the Information Age -- Chapter 7. Politics of Vulnerability: Freedom, Justice, and the Public/Private distinction -- Chapter 8. Normative Aesthetics of Vulnerability: The Art of Coping with Vulnerability -- Conclusion.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 157
    ISBN: 9789400751316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 175 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 37
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Industrial management ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Industrial management ; Unternehmensethik ; Unternehmen ; Komplexes System ; Metareflexion
    Abstract: Corporations, and the environments in which they operate, are complex, with changing multiple dimensions, and an inherent capacity to evolve qualitatively. A central premise of this study is that a postmodern reading of ethics represents an expression of, and an engagement with, the ethical complexities that define the business landscape. In particular, the deconstructive philosophy of Jacques Derrida offers a non-trivial reading of a complex notion of ethics, and thereby helps us to develop the skills necessary to critique and intervene in our practices, and to develop robust strategies for living in the absence of prescriptive ethical frameworks. Although a central premise of this study is that substantive ethical claims can only be generated within a given context, the study nevertheless presents readers with a meta-position that illustrates the type of considerations that should inform ethical reflection from a complexity perspective. In order to illustrate the value that this meta-position holds for business ethics, these considerations are explored in terms of the implications that they hold for our understanding of corporate social responsibility, for the practice of responsible management and leadership practices, and for teaching business ethics.
    Description / Table of Contents: On the (Im) Possibility of Business Ethics; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Theoretical Foundation; Chapter 1: Towards a Postmodern Understanding of Business Ethics; Introduction; Characterising Postmodernism; Analytic Distinctions; (Anti)Ideological Distinctions; The Crisis of Representation; The Provisionality of Meaning; Reflexivity; The Decentring of the Subject; Assessing the Viability of a Postmodern Business Ethics; Walton´s Scepticism; Gustafson´s Defence of Postmodernism; Postmodern Insights: Redefining the Agenda for Business Ethics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Status of Contesting Knowledge ClaimsThe Ethical Task: Learning to Reflect on, and Engage with, Ethical Problems; Performative Reflexivity and Moral Judgement; The Ethical Task: Broadening Perspectives on Available Choices; The Contextually-Defined Nature of Ethical Practices; The Ethical Task: Nurturing a Critical Disposition; Critical Challenges: Problematising the Fact-Value Distinction; The Fields of Business Ethics; The Normative Field; The Descriptive Field; The Postmodern Challenge; Problematising Descriptive Ethics; Problematising Normative Ethics; Implications
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodern Ethics as an Ethics of PracticeReferences; Chapter 2: The Ethics of Complexity and the Complexity of Ethics; Introduction; Characterising Critical Complexity; Two Understandings of Complexity Theory; Restricted Complexity; General Complexity; Features of Complex Systems; Complex Systems Are Not Complicated Systems; Complex Systems Are Characterised by Richly Interconnected Components; The Component Parts of Complex Systems Have a Double-Identity; Upward and Downward Causation Give Rise to Complex Structures; Complex Systems Are Non-additive
    Description / Table of Contents: Complex Systems Exhibit Self-Organising and Emergent BehaviourComplex Systems Are Structured; Complex Systems Are Open and Bounded Systems; Ethical Implications; The Ethics of Complexity and the Limits of Knowledge; The Status of Our Models; Reductionism in the Social Sciences; Modelling and the Importance of a Double-Consciousness; The Embeddedness of Ethical Practices: Positioning the Moral Agent; Static Versus Fluid Conceptions of Identity; Moral Agency in a Complex World; The Complexity of Ethics and Responsible Action; Towards a Meta-Ethical Position; The Provisional Imperative
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodernism, Complexity, and Theories of the OrganisationReferences; Chapter 3: Introducing a Deconstructive Ethics; Introduction; Derrida´s Central Concepts; Beyond Logocentricism; Hierarchy and Authority; (Con)text; The Example of Speech and Writing; On Deconstructing; The First and Second Movements of Deconstruction; Revisiting the Example of Speech and Writing; Beyond a Binary Logic; Supplementary Complications; Play, Différance, and the Trace; Deconstructing Plato´s Pharmacy; Deconstruction Is Hymeneal; Complexity, Deconstruction, and Ethics; The Ethics of Deconstruction
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethical Testimony
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 158
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400757752 , 1283909324 , 9781283909327
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 76 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Law 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Criminology ; Verhältnismäßigkeitsgrundsatz ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: The book applies the principle of proportionality to a number of conventional wisdoms in the social sciences, such as in dubio pro reo and the assumption that a crime is always a crime; that you must go to war if instructed to do so. Individuals and states are not obliged to come to the aid of stricken individuals and states. The book is organised in seven chapters, each dealing with a self-standing theme related to proportionality.
    Abstract: The book applies the principle of proportionality to a number of conventional wisdoms in the social sciences, such as in dubio pro reo and the assumption that a crime is always a crime; that you must go to war if instructed to do so. Individuals and states are not obliged to come to the aid of stricken individuals and states. The book is organised in seven chapters, each dealing with a self-standing theme related to proportionality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Preface -- 2. Introduction -- 3. Book I, In Dubio Pro Reo -- 4. Book II, When a Crime is not a Crime -- 5. Book III, Love and Proportionality -- 6. Book IV, The End Justifying the Means -- 7. Book V, True Globalisation -- 8. Book VI, Large and Small Crimes -- 9. Book VII, A Farewell to Evolution. 〈br〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 159
    ISBN: 9789400749146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 516 p. 185 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology
    Abstract: This book provides a thorough summary of the means currently available to the investigators of Artificial Intelligence for making criminal behavior (both individual and collective) foreseeable, and for assisting their investigative capacities. The volume provides chapters on the introduction of artificial intelligence and machine learning suitable for an upper level undergraduate with exposure to mathematics and some programming skill or a graduate course. It also brings the latest research in Artificial Intelligence to life with its chapters on fascinating applications in the area of law enforcement, though much is also being accomplished in the fields of medicine and bioengineering. Individuals with a background in Artificial Intelligence will find the opening chapters to be an excellent refresher but the greatest excitement will likely be the law enforcement examples, for little has been done in that area. The editors have chosen to shine a bright light on law enforcement analytics utilizing artificial neural network technology to encourage other researchers to become involved in this very important and timely field of study.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dedication -- Preface.- Chapter 1. Introduction to Artificial Networks and Law Enforcement Analytics; William J. Tastle -- Chapter 2. Law Enforcement and Artificial Intelligence; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 3. The General Philosophy of Artificial Adaptive Systems; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 4. A Brief Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms and the Genetic Doping Algorithm; M. Buscema, M. Capriotti -- Chapter 5. Artificial Adaptive Systems in Data Visualization: Pro-Active data; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 6. The Metropolitan Police Service Central Drug Trafficking Database: Evidence of Need; Geoffrey Monaghan and Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 7. Supervised Artificial neural Networks: Back Propagation Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 8. Pre-Processing Tools for Non-Linear Data Sets; Massimo Buscema, Alessandra Mancini and Marco Breda -- Chapter 9. Metaclassifiers; Massimo Buscema, Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 10. Auto Identification of a Drug Seller Utilizing a Specialized Supervised Neural Network; Massimo Buscema and Marco Intraligi -- Chapter 11. Visualization and Clustering of Self-Organizing Maps; Giulia Massini -- Chapter 12. Self-Organizing Maps: Identifying Non-Linear Relationships in Massive Drug Enforcement Databases; Guila Massini -- Chapter 13. Theory of Constraint Satisfaction Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 14. Application of the Constraint Satisfaction Network; Marco Intraligi and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 15. Auto-Contractive Maps, h Function and the Maximally regular Graph: A new methodology for data mining; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 16. Analysis of a Complex Dataset Using the Combined MST and Auto Contractive Map; Giovanni Pieri -- Chapter 17. Auto Contractive Mapsand Minimal Spanning tree: Organization of Complex datasets on criminal behavior to aid in the deduction of network connectivity; Giula Massini and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 18. Data Mining Using Non-linear Auto Associative Artificial Neural Networks: The Arrestee Dataset; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 19. Artificial Adaptive System for Parallel Querying of Multiple Databases; Massimo Buscema.-.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 160
    ISBN: 9789400749726
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 180 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education
    Abstract: We live in a world that is transitioning from focus on early childhood education within individual countries into a global perspective that considers how early childhood education is conducted in many diverse cultures and environments. The challenge on a global basis is how to develop programs in countries and environments that are different from a specifically western perspective. Economic, geographic, and cultural influences infuse early childhood programs around the world.In 1999, a group of educators representing 36 countries developed guidelines for establishing minimum standards for preschool programs. A purpose for developing the guidelines was to provide guidance for countries that wished to evaluate and improve their own programs. A second purpose was to help developing countries initiating preschools to have relevant information about quality programs. The later development of an assessment tool based on the Global Guidelines served as a vehicle to use the guidelines to assess a single program or multiple programs. The continuing work with these guidelines in many countries throughout the world since 2000 has resulted in the collection of information that reveals the uniqueness of programs in different countries.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Background -- pt. 2. School environments -- pt. 3. Curriculum content and pedagogy -- pt. 4. Children with special needs -- pt. 5. The early childhood educator -- pt. 6. Family, school, and community partnerships.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Looking at Early Childhood Programs from a Global Perspective -- Part 1: Background -- 2. Cross-Cultural Collaboration Research to Improve Early Childhood Education -- Part 2: School Environments -- 3. From Montessori to Culturally Relevant Schools Under the Trees in Kenya -- 4. Preschool Environments in Rural West Africa -- 5. Kindergarten Environments in Reggio Emilia, Bologna, Modena, and Parma, Italy -- Part 3: Curriculum Content and Pedagogy -- 6. Kindergartens in Russia’s Far East: The Effect of Climate -- 7. Preserving Cultural Heritage in Korea -- Part 4: Children with Special Needs -- 8. International Perspectives on Services for Young Children with Special Needs -- 9. New Visions for Preschool Inclusive Education in Mexico -- 10. Early Childhood Special Education in China: Advocacy and Practice -- Part 5: The Early Childhood Educator -- 11. Administrators, Teachers, and Nineras: Professional Partnerships for Quality in Guatemala -- 12. Early Childhood Teachers in Slovakia -- 13. Teachers of Dual Language Children in China -- Part 6: Family, School and Community Partnerships -- 14. Family and Village Partnerships in Rural Schools in Senegal -- 15. Weaving Relationships between Preschools, Families, and Communities: the Nurturing Connections to the Reggio Emilia Region of Italy -- 16. Conclusion -- Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 161
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753860
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 194 p. 22 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englischunterricht ; ECTS ; Englisch ; Europa ; Fremdsprachenunterricht ; Bologna-Prozess ; ECTS
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks. Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study, Yale College, USA
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks.Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study , Yale College, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: Competency-based LanguageTeaching in Higher Education; Preface: Languages in the European Higher Education Area; Introduction; Multilingualism in Europe; The Issue About "Global English"; English as a Key to Progress in the European Higher Education Area; Conclusion; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; 1.1 Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.2 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.3 Definition and Characterization of the Notion of "Competency"; 1.4 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education: Where Do We Stand?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Overview of the Volume1.5.1 Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; 1.5.2 Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.5.3 Part III: Evaluating Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; Chapter 2: From Content to Competency: Challenges Facing Higher Education Language Teaching in Europe; 2.1 A Changing Linguistic Landscape
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 The Language Challenge Facing Higher Education in Europe2.3 Towards a Competency-Based Approach to HE Language Teaching and Learning; 2.4 The CEFR and the Bologna Process; 2.5 The CEFR and the Development of Pragmatic Competencies; 2.6 The CEFR and Life-Long Language Learning; 2.7 The CEFR - Opportunity and Challenge; 2.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Lessons Learned from the European Project ADELEEES; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Research Design; 3.2.1 Objectives; 3.2.2 Procedure and Instruments
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2.1 Questionnaire Design and Validation3.2.2.2 Administration of the Questionnaires; 3.2.3 Participants; 3.2.3.1 Global Figures; 3.2.3.2 Students; 3.2.3.3 Teachers; 3.2.4 Statistical Methodology; 3.3 Results and Discussion; 3.3.1 Students: Global Results; 3.3.1.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.1.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.1.3 Methodology; 3.3.1.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.1.5 Evaluation; 3.3.2 Teachers: Global Results; 3.3.2.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.2.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.2.3 Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2.4 Materials and Resources3.3.2.5 Evaluation; 3.3.3 Comparison of Student and Teacher Outcomes; 3.3.3.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.3.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.3.3 Methodology; 3.3.3.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.3.5 Evaluation; 3.4 Conclusions; 3.5 Implications of the Study: Suggestions for Improvement; 3.6 Lines for Future Research; References; Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; Chapter 4: Competences and Foreign Language Teacher Education in Spain; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Competence and Teacher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Competences and Competencies
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 162
    ISBN: 9789400751019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 315 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 52
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics
    Abstract: The book provides an in-depth discussion on the human nature concept from different perspectives and from different disciplines, analyzing its use in the doping debate and researching its normative overtones. The relation between natural talent and enhanced abilities is scrutinized within a proper conceptual and theoretical framework: is doping to be seen as a factor of the athlete’s dehumanization or is it a tool to fulfill his/her aspirations to go faster, higher and stronger? Which characteristics make sports such a peculiar subject of ethical discussion and what are the, both intrinsic and extrinsic, moral dangers and opportunities involved in athletic enhancement? This volume combines fundamental philosophical anthropological reflection with applied ethics and socio-cultural and empirical approaches. Furthermore it presents guidelines to decision- and policy-makers on local, national and international levels.
    Description / Table of Contents: Athletic Enhancement, Human Nature and Ethics; Preface; Technology and Sport, Meanings and Realities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Human Nature as a Promising Concept to Make Sense of the Spirit of Sport; 1.1 Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework; 1.2 Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; 1.3 Part III: The Normative Value of Human Nature; 1.4 Part IV: Socio-Cultural and Empirical Approaches; 1.5 Part V: Practices and Policies; Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Self , Other, Play, Display and Humanity: Development of a Five-Level Model for the Analysis of Ethical Arguments in the Athletic Enhancement Debate2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Creation of an Ethical Research Model; 2.3 What Is at Stake?; 2.4 And What if Humanity Is at Stake?; 2.5 Doctoring Genes: Threats and Opportunities; 2.6 Integrity, Fairness, Freedom and Health; 2.7 Inclusion and Exclusion of Athletes; 2.8 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Is Human Enhancement Unnatural and Would This Be an Ethical Problem?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Some Meanings of the Natural
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 The Natural As According to Nature3.4 The Natural As the Normal; 3.5 The Natural As the Essential; 3.6 Conclusions for the Moral Value of the Natural; Ref erences; Chapter 4: Dignified Doping: Truly Unthinkable? An Existentialist Critique of 'Talentocracy' in Sports; 4.1 What Doping Is - And What It Need Not Be; 4.1.1 The Need for Rigorous Intrinsic Inquiry; 4.1.2 What is Doping?; 4.1.3 A Structured Search for Doping's Intrinsic Wrongs; 4.2 Proper Origins. May the Best, or May the Blessed Man Win; 4.2.1 Talent As Robustness and Doped Performances As Flukes
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2 The Talented As the Authentic and Dopers As Phonies4.2.3 Natural Endowment As the Gift of Place and Purpose, and Doping As Its Loss; 4.2.4 Talent As a Signal of Fitness and Doping As Misleading Mimicry; 4.3 Proper Processes. Just Do It, or: Let Nature Do It for You; 4.3.1 Agency-Enabling Doping; 4.3.2 Baseline-Lifting Doping; 4.3.3 Passive Consumption of Natural Processes; 4.4 Proper Outcomes. Sporting Towards a Blank Slate or To Showcase a Blueprint; 4.4.1 Reshaping the Human Figure As Straying from the Original Plan; 4.4.2 Reshaping the Human Figure As Repugnant Deformation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Reshaping the Human Figure As (Mutual) Alienation4.5 Conclusion. The Unbearable Lightness of Being a Self-Made Man, Out There Playing Games; References; Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; Chapter 5: Subhuman , Superhuman, and Inhuman: Human Nature and the Enhanced Athlete; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Appeal of Philosophical Boundary Work; 5.3 Stooping to the Subhuman; 5.4 Aspiring to the Superhuman; 5.5 Engineering the Inhuman; 5.6 The Meaning of Athletic Agency; 5.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Prometheus on Dope: A Natural Aim for Improvement or a Hubristic Drive to Mastery?
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface by Thomas H. Murray, President Emeritus of the Hastings Center and Chair of the Ethical Issues Review Panel for the World Anti-Doping Agency.Introduction: Human nature as a promising concept to make sense of the spirit of sport -- Part I Conceptual and Theoretical Framework -- Jan Tolleneer and Paul Schotsmans, Self, other, play, display and humanity. Development of a five-level model for the analysis of ethical arguments in the athletic enhancement debate -- Christian Lenk, Is human enhancement unnatural and would this be an ethical problem? -- Pieter Bonte, Dignified doping: truly unthinkable? An existentialist critique of ‘talentocracy’ in sports. - Part II Transgressing the limits of human nature -- Eric Juengst, Subhuman, superhuman, and inhuman. Human nature and the enhanced athlete -- Trijsje Franssen, Prometheus on dope. A natural aim for improvement or a hubristic drive to mastery? -- Darian Meacham, Outliers, freaks, and cheats. Constituting normality in the age of enhancement -- Part III The normative value of human nature -- Andreas De Block, Doping use as an artistic crime. On natural performances and authentic art -- Andrew Holowchak, Something from nothing or nothing from something?. Performance-enhancing drugs, risk, and the natures of contest and of humans -- Mike McNamee, Transhuman athletes and pathological perfectionism. Recognising limits in sports and human nature -- Part IV Socio-cultural and empirical approaches -- Marianne Raakilde Jespersen, “Definitely not for women”. An online community’s reflections on women’s use of performance enhancing drugs in recreational sports -- Denis Hauw, Toward a situated and dynamic understanding of doping behaviors -- Tara Magdalinski, Restoring or enhancing athletic bodies. Oscar Pistorius and the threat to pure performance -- Part V Practices and policies -- John Hoberman, Sports physicians, human nature, and the limits of medical enhancement -- Bengt Kayser and Barbara Broers, Anti-doping policies: choosing between imperfections -- Roger Brownsword, A simple regulatory principle for performance-enhancing technologies. Too good to be true?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 163
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 235 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Silver, David Business Ethics in the 21st Century, by Norman E. Bowie. Dordrecht: Springer, 2013. 235 pp. ISBN: 978-9400762220 2015
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: This work provides a critical look at business practice in the early 21st century and suggests changes that are both practical and normatively superior. Several chapters present a reflection on business ethics from a societal or macro-organizational point of view. It makes a case for the economic and moral superiority of the sustainability capitalism of the European Union over the finance-based model of the United States. Most major themes in business ethics are covered and some new ones are introduced, including the topic of the right way to teach business ethics. The general approach adopted in this volume is Kantian. Alternative approaches are critically evaluated
    Description / Table of Contents: Business Ethics in the 21st Century; Introduction by the Series Editors; Preface; Editorial Board Issues in Business Ethics; Editorial Board Eminent Voices in Business Ethics; Contents; Part I: Economic Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 1: Fair Markets Revisited; Morality as a Ground of Legal Decisions; A Rejoinder and Reply; Advice for Managers; Characteristics of Fairness; Objections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 2: What's Wrong with Efficiency and Always Low Prices; Introduction; The Problem; Some Observations from Home and Abroad; What Some Others Are Saying; The Issue or Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: What's to Be DoneObjections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 3: Economics, Friend or Foe of Ethics; Economics as Foe; Foe: Adherence to Psychological Egoism; Foe: Assumptions of Agency Theory; Dropping the "No Transaction Costs" Assumption: Transaction Cost Economics; Turning Economics from Foe to Friend; Codes of Ethics; The Importance of a Good "Ethical Climate"; Multinationals and Universal Standards; The Argument for Universal Ethical Values; An Argument for Truly Universal Standards of Business Ethics; A Complication; Fairness as an Explanatory Variable in Economics and Management Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: ConclusionPart II: Philosophical Issues in Business; Chapter 4: Kantian Themes; Why Kant; Organization of This Chapter; Rethinking and Defending Business Ethics : A Kantian Perspective; Chapter 1 Immoral Business Practices; Chapter 2 Treating the Humanity of Stakeholders as Ends Rather than as Means Merely; Chapter 3 The Firm as a Moral Community; Chapter 4 Acting from Duty: How Pure a Motive?; Chapter 5 The Cosmopolitan Perspective; The New Generation of Scholars Applying Kant to Business Ethics; Aristotle-Not Kant; Kantian Accounts of Corporate Social Responsibility; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Limitations of the Pragmatist Approach to Business EthicsBackground; Rorty's Contingency, Irony, and Solidarity; Why Literature Misleads; Rorty's Address Before the Society for Business Ethics; The Pragmatism of Ed Freeman and Some of His Students; Should Stakeholder Theorists Adopt a Pragmatist Methodology?; Concluding Thought; Part III: International Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 6: Varieties of Corporate Social Responsibility; The Maximization of Shareholder Wealth Capitalism-American Finance Based Capitalism; Corporate Social Responsibility as Charity
    Description / Table of Contents: An Addendum to the Classical American View: Stakeholder CapitalismSocial Responsibility Under the Stakeholder Model; The European Sustainability Version of Capitalism; Philanthropy, the Safety Net, and Human Rights; The Business Case for Social Responsibility; Corporate Social Responsibility in Asia; Japan; India; China; Evidence That China Seems to Lack a Sense of Corporate Social Responsibility; Which Version of Corporate Social Responsibility Should a Country Adopt?; The Moral Argument for Sustainability; Why Philanthropy Is Not Enough
    Description / Table of Contents: Does China Need Corporate Social Responsibility to Survive
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 164
    ISBN: 9789400763500
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 290 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Ingenieurstudium ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: Hoping to help transform engineering into a more socially just field of practice, this book offers various perspectives and strategies while highlighting key concepts and themes that help readers understand the complex relationship between engineering education and social justice. This volume tackles topics and scopes ranging from the role of Buddhism in socially just engineering to the blinding effects of ideologies in engineering to case studies on the implications of engineered systems for social justice. This book aims to serve as a framework for interventions or strategies to make social justice more visible in engineering education and enhance scholarship in the emerging field of Engineering and Social Justice (ESJ). This creates a ‘toolbox’ for engineering educators and students to make social justice a central theme in engineering education
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Part I: Introduction to Engineering Education and Engineering for Social Justice (ESJ); Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Who Is This Book For?; 1.2 Motivations for Putting This Book Together; 1.3 Historic Convergence of Circumstances; 1.3.1 Calls for Change; 1.3.2 An (In)Visible History; 1.4 Defining Social Justice; 1.5 How This Book Approaches ESJ: Autobiographical, Historical, Philosophical, Pedagogical, Practical and Beyond; References; Part II: Where Have We Been? Where Can We Go?; Chapter 2: Engineering, Social Justice, and Peace: Strategies for Educational and Professional Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Background: A Short History of ESJP; 2.3 Methods and Scope; 2.4 Educational Reform Strategies; 2.4.1 Pedagogical Initiatives; 2.4.1.1 Liberal-Education Courses; 2.4.1.2 Technical Course Modules; 2.4.1.3 Critical Learning Thresholds; 2.4.1.4 Experiential Learning; 2.4.1.5 Liberative Pedagogies; 2.4.2 Curricular Initiatives; 2.4.2.1 Structuring General Education Content; 2.4.2.2 Social and Technical Integration in Engineering Design; 2.4.3 Institutional Initiatives; 2.5 Professional Reform Strategies; 2.5.1 Networking; 2.5.2 Re-conceptualizing "Engineering"; 2.6 Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Power. Systems. Engineering. Traveling Lines of Resistance in Academic Institutions; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Thermo as Usual; 3.2.1 Thermo and Gnosticism: A Tale of Two Esoteric Subjects; 3.2.2 Learning to Stay and Fight: Lessons from Social Justice; 3.3 Transformative Processes; 3.3.1 First Attempts; 3.3.2 Teaching About Power; 3.3.3 Epistemology: Teaching Material and Its Critique; 3.3.4 Book Project; 3.4 Institutional Obstacles; 3.4.1 Obstacles; 3.4.2 Students and Faculty; 3.5 How I Got Away with It (So Far); 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III: Conceptual Contributions to ESJChapter 4: The (Mis)Framing of Social Justice: Why Ideologies of Depoliticization and Meritocracy Hinder Engineers' Ability to Think About Social Injustices; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Cultural Ideologies in Engineering; 4.3 Depoliticization of Engineering; 4.4 The Ideology of Meritocracy; 4.5 Misframing Social Justice Issues; 4.5.1 Non-dominant and Dominant Groups Adopt These Ideologies; 4.6 The Insufficiency of One Lecture or One Essay: The Task of Reframing; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: What Can Buddhism Offer to a Socially Just Engineering Education?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of the Six Virtues of the Bodhisattva Path; 5.2.1 Generosity; 5.2.2 Ethics; 5.2.3 Patience; 5.2.4 Perseverance; 5.2.5 Mindfulness; 5.2.6 Wisdom; 5.3 The Practice of the Six Virtues and Leadership Theory; 5.4 Three-Level Model of Leadership Based on Buddhism 12; 5.4.1 First Level: Actions to Benefit Oneself; 5.4.2 Second Level: Actions to Benefit Others; 5.4.3 Third Level: Interrelated Benefits; 5.5 Implementing the Framework in a Pre-college Engineering Case Scenario
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.1 Description of the Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 165
    ISBN: 9789400759985
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 812 p. 6 illus., 2 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Spheres of global justice
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Law ; Weltordnung ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Globalisierung ; Politische Beteiligung ; Erde
    Abstract: Spheres of Global Justice analyzes six of the most important and controversial spheres of global justice, each concerning a specific global social good. These spheres are democratic participation, migrations, cultural minorities, economic justice, social justice, and intergenerational justice. Together they constitute two constellations dealt with, in this collection of essays by leading scholars, in two different volumes: Global Challenges to Liberal Democracy and Fair Distribution. These essays illustrate each of the spheres, delving into their differences, commonalities, collisions and interconnections. Unlike many writings on global justice, Spheres of Global Justice does not content itself with describing the painful and advantageous effects of the globalization process as being ipso facto a global injustice or a just global order. Rather, this multidisciplinary collection of essays, from a pluralist inspiration, combines empirical analysis with theoretical approaches and ethical principles, paying close attention to two aspects of the effects of the globalization process. These aspects are the causal relationships that lead to such effects and the kinds of obligations, or of normative relationships between global rights and correlative duties, that applies to each specific individual case. This volume illustrates how diverse global obligations are, and how they can be, grounded in diverse relationships (identity, ability to provide help, causal responsibility, past injustices, protection of agency and promotion of independence, etc.). These essays also demonstrate that an ethical global approach has not only international or transnational, but also domestic, local and interpersonal dimensions
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 General Introduction; Jean-Christophe Merle -- Volume 1 Global Challenges to Liberal Democracy: Political Participation, Minorities and Migrations -- Co-Editors: Luc Foisneau, Christian Hiebaum, Juan Carlos Velasco -- 2 Introduction; Luc Foisneau, Christian Hiebaum and Juan Carlos Velasco -- Part 1 Political Participation;  Co-Editor:  Christian Hiebaum -- 3 Global Democracy. Promises and Delusions; Klaus Müller -- 4 Democracy in the Age of Global Markets; Urs Marti -- 5 Bringing Democracy Back In? From local politics to global politics; Hans Vorländer -- 6 Demarchy - A Dubious Conception of Global Democracy; Christian Hiebaum -- 7 Participation in Public Debate and Ethical Division Within Nations; Emmanuel Picavet -- 8 Deliberative Democracy and the Politics of Difference; Daniel Loewe -- 9 Political Legitimacy of the EU in the Perspective of Citizens' Participation and Representation; Herman von Erp -- 10 Global Citizenship? Political Rights Under Imperial Conditions; Massimo La Torre -- Part 2 Minorities; Co-Editor: Luc Foisneau -- 11 What is 'Political' about Minority Rights?; Luc Foisneau -- 12 Walzer on Community and Emergency: the Question of Minorities; Tom Sorell -- 13 Territoriality and Transnational Citizenship; Oliviero Angeli -- 14 Minority Parties, Parties not Unlike the Others: The Case of the Democratic Alliance of Hungarians in Romania (DAHR); Antonela Capelle-Pogacean -- 15 Minority Rights and Global Justice: A Netherlands Perspective; Piet de Klerk -- 16 Integrating Cultural Concerns in the Interpretation of Traditional Individual Rights - Lessons from the International Human Rights Jurisprudence; Julie Ringelheim -- 17 Intercultural Justice. Cutting across the cultural boundaries of legal norms; Francisco Colom-Gonzalez -- 18 Cultural Defense, Hate Crimes and Equality Before the Law; Jean-Christophe Merle -- 19 On the Relationship Between Law and Morality in a National and in a Global Perspective; Paul Cobben -- 20 Cultural and Minority Rights in European Integration - Promises and Pitfalls; Francis Cheneval and Sonja Dänzer -- 21 The Recognition of New States and the Protection of Minority Rights in Yugoslavia; Richard Caplan -- 22 Cosmopolitan Justice and Minority Rights: The Case of Minority Nations (or Kant again, but different); Ferran Requejo -- Part 3 Migrations; Co-Editor: Juan Carlos Velasco -- 23 Beyond the Borders. Migration Policies, Justice and Citizenship from a Global Perspective; Juan Carlos Velasco -- 24 Migration and Global Inequalities; Francis Cheneval -- 25 To Each Their Own Place? Immigration, Justice, and Political Reflexivity; Hans Lindahl -- 26 Migration and the Division of Moral Labor; Christian Hiebaum -- 27 The Dilemmas of Control: rights, walls and identities in state policies to international migration; Ana López Sala -- 28 From Protection of the Migrant to the Rights of the Migrant Person: Free the migrant from his legal exile..; Sylvie Saroléa -- 29 Immigration and Cultural Justice: A Reflection On Human Rights Of "New" Minorities; Eduardo J. Ruiz Vieytez -- 30 Challenging Illegalization: Migrant Struggles, Political Actions and Rancière's Political Philosophy; Noelia González Cámara -- 31 The Democratic Integration of Difference: Reflections on the Paradoxes of the French Republican Model of Citizenship; Matteo Gianni -- 32 Headscarves in School Again: How republican is the 2004 law banning ostentatious religious signs from public schools?; Jean-Fabien Spitz -- Volume 2 Fair Distribution: Global Economic, Social and Intergenerational Justice; Co-Editors: Paul Cobben, Urs Marti -- 33 Introduction to Global Social Justice; Urs Marti -- Part 1Global Social Justice; Co-Editor:  Urs Marti -- 34 Social and Global Justice; Peter Koller -- 35 Global Social Justice: Whose justice, whose responsibility?; Bernd Ladwig -- 36 Human Capabilities and Global Justice; Ricardo Parellada -- 37 Social Right in a Global Economy; Urs Marti -- 38 Institutionalization of Social Justice and Constitutionalization of Socio-Economic Equality; Caroline Guibet Lafaye -- 39 Consequentialist and Nonconsequentialist Dimensions in the Ethical Evaluation of Inequality; Emmanuel Picavet.-40 The Discourse of Justice in Political, Legal and Moral Community; Peter Burgess -- 41 Which Identities are Entitled to Collective Rights?; Paul Cobben -- 42 Are WTO Sanctions Unjust?; Henri Culot -- 43 Global Justice. Imposed and Shared Risks; Véronique Munoz-Dardé -- Part 2 Global Economic Justice; Co-Editor: Paul Cobben -- 44 Introduction to Global Economic Justice; Paul Cobben -- 45 Positive Rights and Globalization of Duties; Txetxu Ausín.-  46 Global Distributions of World Resources; Caroline Guibet-Lafaye -- 47 Perfecting Imperfect Duties via Institutionalization; Markus Stepanians -- 48 Do We Have a Negative Duty Towards the Global Poor?Thomas Pogge on global justice; Roland Pierik -- 49 World poverty and the duty to aid; Johan Graafland and Mandy Bosma -- 50 The WHO Policy of Primary Health Care; Caroline Guibet Lafaye -- 51 Dancing with the Devil: A (Limited) Defence of Protectionism; Krista Nadakavukaren-Schefer -- 52 Neoliberalism and Authority Relationships; Emmanuel Picavet -- 53 Economic Citizenship Rights as Barriers to Trade? Production-related Local Justice and Business-driven Globalisation; Richard Sturn -- 54 Can Multinationals be Considered Moral Actors? Or: does business ethics make any sense?; Paul Cobben -- 55 Justice of Wages in Germany and Abroad - An Empirical Investigation; Gert Wagner, Stefan Liebig and Jürgen Schupp -- Part 3 Intergenerational Justice -- 56 Introductory Remark -- 57 Climate Justice: Past Emissions and the Present Allocation of Emission Rights; Lukas Meyer and Dominic Roser -- 58 Sustainable development as practical intragenerational and intergenerational justice: interpretations, requirements, and indicators; Paul-Marie Boulanger -- 59 On the Relevancy of the Ecological Footprint for the Study of Intergenerational Justice; Grégory Ponthière -- 60 Pension funds, sovereign-wealth funds and intergenerational justice; Alexander Cappelen and Runa Urheim.-  61 The Polluter Pays? Backward-Looking Principles of Intergenerational Justice and the Environment; Daniel Butt -- 62 Democracy and Future Generations. Should the unborn have a voice?; Ludvig Beckmann -- 63 The Preservation of Humankind as an Object of Moral Concern; Herman van Erp -- 64 About the Authors.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 166
    ISBN: 9789400751927
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 226 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 105
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Leibniz: logico-philosophical puzzles in the law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Quelle ; Kommentar ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Specimen certitudinis seu demonstrationum in iure exhibitum in doctrina conditionum ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Logik ; Rechtsfall
    Abstract: This volume presents two Leibnizian writings, the Specimen of Philosophical Questions Collected from the Law and the Dissertation on Perplexing Cases. These works, originally published in 1664 and 1666, constitute, respectively, Leibniz’s thesis for the title of Master of Philosophy and his doctoral dissertation in law. Besides providing evidence of the earliest development of Leibniz’s thought and amazing anticipations of his mature views, they present a genuine intellectual interest, for the freshness and originality of Leibniz’s reflections on a striking variety of logico-philosophical puzzles drawn from the law. The Specimen addresses puzzling issues resulting from apparent conflicts between law and philosophy (the latter broadly understood as comprising also mathematics, as well as empirical sciences). The Dissertation addresses cases whose solution is puzzling because of the convoluted logical form of legal dispositions and contractual clauses, or because of conflicting priorities between concurring parties. In each case, Leibniz dissects the problems with the greatest ingenuity, disentangling their different aspects, and proposing solutions always reasonable and sometimes surprising. And he does not refrain from peppering his intellectual acrobatics with some humorous comments. bbbbbb
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 167
    ISBN: 9789400759770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 290 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The work situation of the academic profession in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Europe ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung
    Abstract: This book presents the analysis of the representative survey about the academic profession in twelve European countries. Higher education in Europe has experienced a substantial change in recent years: Expansion progresses further, the expectation to deliver useful contributions of knowledge to the “knowledge society” is on the rise, and efforts to steer academic work through external forces and strong international management are more widespread than ever. Representative surveys of the academic profession in twelve European countries show how professors and junior staff at universities and other institutions of higher education view the role of higher education in society and their professional situation and how they actually shape their professional tasks. Academics differ across Europe substantially in their employment and working conditions, their views and their activities. Most of them favour the preservation of a close link between teaching and research and feel responsible for both theory and practice. Most consider efforts to enhance academic quality and social relevance as compatible. The overall satisfaction with their professional situation is rather high
    Description / Table of Contents: The Work Situation of the Academic Profession in Europe: Findings of a Survey in Twelve Countries; Contents; Biographies; Editors; Contributors; Chapter 1: The Academic Profession in 12 European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; 1.1 The Concept and the Thematic Areas of the Study; 1.1.1 The Setting and the State of the Knowledge; 1.1.2 The Predecessor and Partner Surveys; 1.1.3 The European Study; 1.2 The Methods Employed; 1.2.1 Sampling Design and Number of Respondents; 1.2.2 Number of Respondents Envisaged; 1.2.3 Data Collection; 1.2.4 Data Checks, Coding and Merging
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3 Current VolumeReferences; Chapter 2: Academic Career Paths; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.1 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.2 Age at the Award of Doctoral and Postdoctoral Degrees; 2.2.3 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Awards Abroad; 2.2.4 Activities During the Course of Doctoral Training; 2.3 Past Career Steps and Experiences; 2.3.1 Time Span from Graduation to Full-Time Employment in Higher Education; 2.3.2 Past Part-Time Employment; 2.3.3 Age at the Beginning of Full-Time Employment; 2.3.4 Inter-institutional Mobility
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.5 Continuity and Change of Discipline12.4 Current Employment Conditions; 2.4.1 Share of Academics in Senior and Junior Positions; 2.4.2 Duration of Current Employment Contract; 2.4.3 Full-Time and Part-Time Employment; 2.5 Current Remuneration; 2.5.1 Salary; 2.5.2 Additional Employment and Remunerated Work; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Assessment of Facilities and Resources; 3.3 Workload and Allocation of Work Time; 3.4 Job Satisfaction; 3.5 Links Between Income and Job Satisfaction; 3.6 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Gender Differences and Inequalities in Academia: Findings in Europe; 4.1 Introduction: The Place of Women in Academic Markets; 4.2 Gender Distribution; 4.2.1 Women in the Higher Education Systems; 4.2.2 A Question of Status: Academics in the University Sector; 4.2.3 Universities and Other Higher Education Institutions; 4.2.4 A Question of Discipline; 4.3 Contractual Employment Conditions: Full-Time Employment; 4.3.2 Weight of Gender for Full-Time Employment; 4.3.3 Dimensions Influencing Gender Differences; 4.3.4 Professional Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Contractual Employment Conditions: Permanent Employment4.4.1 Fewer Women Permanently Employed; 4.4.2 Impact of Being a Woman; 4.4.3 Weight of Gender for Permanent Employment; 4.4.4 Individual Variables; 4.4.5 Professional Variables; 4.5 Gender in Teaching and Research; 4.5.1 Preference for Research and Teaching; 4.5.2 Distribution of Work Time; 4.6 Gender and Power; 4.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Weekly Work Hours; 5.3 Distribution of Time on Various Academic Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 Teaching Time When Classes Are in Session
    Description / Table of Contents: Editors’ and authors’ biographies -- 1. The Academic Profession in Twelve European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; Ulrich Teichler and Ester Ava Höhle -- 2. Academic Career Paths; Gülay Ates and Angelika Brechelmacher -- 3. Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; Marek Kwiek and Dominik Antonowicz -- 4. Gender in Academia between Differences and Inequalities: Findings in Europe; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 5. The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 6. The Research Function of the Academic Profession in Europe; Jonathan Drennan, Marie Clarke, Abbey Hyde and Yurgos Politis -- 7. The Academic Profession and the Role of the Service Function; Bojana Ćulum, Nena Rončević and Jasminka Ledić -- 8. Movers and Shakers: Academics as Stakeholders - Do They Control Their Own Work?; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 9. From Academic Self Governance to Executive University Management - Institutional Governance in the View of Academics in Europe; Elke Park -- 10. New University Governance: How the Academic Profession Perceives the Evaluation of Research and Teaching; David Campbell -- 11. The Internationalisation of Academic Markets, Careers and Profession; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 12. The European Academic Profession or Academic Professions in Europe?; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- Appendix: Contextual information about the countries.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 168
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765214
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 302 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. History and theory of children's citizenship in contemporary societies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Civil law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Civil law ; Kind ; Staatsangehörigkeitsrecht ; Menschenrecht ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book examines the notion of children having full citizenship. It does so historically, through intellectual discourse, beliefs, and moral and ideological positions on children. It looks at the status and extent of knowledge of the position of children covering about 2500 years. The book takes European and other cultures, traditions and beliefs into consideration. It reflects on the topic from a variety of disciplines, including social sciences, theology and philosophy. The book places children’s citizenship in the centre of children’s rights discourse. Part of the work is a critical appraisal of ‘children’s participation’ because it diverts attention away from children as members of society toward being a separable group. The book moves on from child participation using a children’s rights based argument toward examination of the relationship of the child with the state, i.e. as potentially full member citizens
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The Children's Citizenship Paradigm; What Is a Child?; Structure; Arguments and Ideas Supporting Examination of This Topic; Chapter 2: Methodology and Methods; Methodology; Methods; Analytic Induction; Morphology; Content Analysis; Chapter 3: Citizenship; Citizenship and Nationality; Citizenship and Children's Rights; Citizenship in History; Modern Principles and Theories of Citizenship; Social Organisation and Citizenship; Duties and Responsibilities; Terminology; Children's Participation and Citizenship
    Description / Table of Contents: Children's Citizenship and Political PowerExclusion from Citizenship and Suffrage; Democracy and Citizenship; Chapter 4: The Emergence of Childhood - From the Ancient World Until the Dawn of the Enlightenment; The Classical Period; Asian Philosophies and Beliefs; The Romans; The Early Middle Ages; The Middle Ages; The Mongol Empire; Urban Awareness; The Children's Crusades; Medieval Children; The Black Death; The Emergence of Mercantile Capitalism and the Reformation; The New World; The Changing World of Children
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The Emergence of Childhood - From the Enlightenment to Modern World of ChildhoodEconomic Expansion; A Period of Unrest; The Period of Economic Hardship and Recovery; New Philosophies That Include Children; New Economic Thought; Children in Literature; Education; The Century of the Child; Child Protection; Children and Human Rights; Chapter 6: Intellectual Discourse, Beliefs, Moral and Ideological Positions on Children from Antiquity Until the Present - Children from Antiquity to the High Middle Ages; European Antiquity; Asian Philosophy; From Antiquity to Early Christianity
    Description / Table of Contents: AugustineThe Rise of Islam; The Influence of Ibrahimic Philosophy and Theology; Aquinas; Chapter 7: Intellectual Discourse, Beliefs, Moral and Ideological Positions on Children from Antiquity Until the Present - Children from the Middle Ages Through Early Modern to the Present; Machiavelli and Erasmus; Hobbes; Changing Philosophy; The Enlightenment; Rousseau; Kant; Spence; Hegel; Mill, Marx and Engels; The Philosophy of Education and Welfare as Social Control; Social Reform; Philanthropy; Literature and Children; The Emergence of Child Sciences; Sociology; Children's Rights Pioneers
    Description / Table of Contents: Modern PhilosophyChapter 8: The 'Child Sciences', Social Sciences and Childhood Studies; Paediatrics; Child Psychiatry; Developmental Psychology; Vygotsky; Piaget; Kohlberg; Sociological Research; Social and Cultural Anthropology; The New Sociology of Childhood; Bourdieu; Children's Agency; New Arguments; New Social Theory and the Resurgence of Older Ideas; Chapter 9: Children's Human Rights and the Contemporary Interest in Child Participation; The Emergence of Human Rights; The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child; Children's Participation and the CRC; Social Capital
    Description / Table of Contents: The History of Child Participation and Its Importance
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Dedication -- Acknowledgements -- Chapter One: Introduction: the Children’s Citizenship paradigm -- Chapter Two: Methodology and methods -- Chapter Three: Citizenship -- Chapter Four: The Emergence Of Childhood - from the ancient world until the dawn of the Enlightenment -- Chapter Five: The emergence of childhood -from the Enlightenment to Modern World Of Childhood -- Chapter Six: Intellectual discourse, beliefs, moral and Ideological Positions On Children from antiquity until the present - children from Antiquity to the high Middle Ages -- Chapter Seven: Intellectual discourse, beliefs, moral and Ideological Positions On Children From The High Middle Ages through early modern to the present -- Chapter Eight: The ‘Child Sciences’, social sciences and Childhood Studies -- Chapter Nine: Children’s Rights and the contemporary interest in Child Participation -- Chapter Ten: Issues concerning the legal status, welfare, policy making and Inclusion Of Children In Governance And Full Citizenship -- Chapter Eleven: Supplementary areas that contribute to notions of children’s citizenship -- Chapter Twelve: Conclusion -- Notes  -- Appendices -- Bibliography -- Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 169
    ISBN: 9789400761100
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 270 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 107
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Coherence: insights from philosophy, jurisprudence and artificial intelligence
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Genetic epistemology ; Computers Law and legislation ; Law ; Law ; Genetic epistemology ; Computers Law and legislation ; Law ; Philosophy ; Sense of coherence ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kohärenz ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: This book is a thorough treatise concerned with coherence and its significance in legal reasoning. The individual chapters present the topic from the general philosophical perspective, the perspective of legal-theory as well as the viewpoint of cognitive sciences and the research on artificial intelligence and law. As it has turned out the interchange of knowledge among these disciplines is very fruitful for each of them, providing mutual inspiration and increasing understanding of a given topic. This book is a unique resource for anyone interested in the concept of coherence and the role it plays in reasoning. As this book captures important contemporary issues concerning the ongoing discussion on coherence and law, those interested in legal reasoning should find it particularly helpful. By presenting such a broad scope of views and methods on approaching the issue of coherence we hope to promote the general interest in the topic as well as the academic research that centers around coherence and law.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- About the Authors -- Table of Contents -- Three Kinds of Coherentism; Jaap Hage -- Coherence and Reliability in Judicial Reasoning; Stefan Schubert and Erik J. Olsson -- Coherence and Probability: A Probabilistic Account of Coherence; William Roche -- Coherence: An Outline in Six Metaphors and Four Rules; Juan Manuel Peréz Bermejo -- Legal Interpretation and Coherence; Bartosz Brożek -- Normative Inconsistency and Logical Theories. A First Critique of Defeasibilism; Giovanni Battista Ratti -- The Third Theory of Legal Objectivity; Aldo Schiavello -- Pattern Languages & Institutional Facts.Functions and Coherences in the Law; Kenneth Ehrenberg -- Consistency and Coherence in the “Hypertext” of Law. A Textological Approach; Wojciech Cyrul -- Case Classification, Similarities, Spaces of Reasons, and Coherences; Marcello Guarini -- Coherence as Constraint Satisfaction: Judicial Reasoning Support Mechanism; Jaromír Šavelka -- Limits of Constraint Satisfaction Theory of Coherence as a Theory of (Legal) Reasoning; Michał Araszkiewicz -- Ten Theses on Coherence in Law; Amalia Amaya.  Introduction -- About the Authors -- Table of Contents -- Three Kinds of Coherentism; Jaap Hage -- Coherence and Reliability in Judicial Reasoning; Stefan Schubert and Erik J. Olsson -- Coherence and Probability: A Probabilistic Account of Coherence; William Roche -- Coherence: An Outline in Six Metaphors and Four Rules; Juan Manuel Peréz Bermejo -- Legal Interpretation and Coherence; Bartosz Brożek -- Normative Inconsistency and Logical Theories. A First Critique of Defeasibilism; Giovanni Battista Ratti -- The Third Theory of Legal Objectivity; Aldo Schiavello -- Pattern Languages & Institutional Facts.Functions and Coherences in the Law; Kenneth Ehrenberg -- Consistency and Coherence in the “Hypertext” of Law. A Textological Approach; Wojciech Cyrul -- Case Classification, Similarities, Spaces of Reasons, and Coherences; Marcello Guarini -- Coherence as Constraint Satisfaction: Judicial Reasoning Support Mechanism; Jaromír Šavelka -- Limits of Constraint Satisfaction Theory of Coherence as a Theory of (Legal) Reasoning; Michał Araszkiewicz -- Ten Theses on Coherence in Law; Amalia Amaya.  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 170
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760912
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 389 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cellucci, Carlo, 1940 - Rethinking logic
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logik ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: This volume examines the limitations of mathematical logic and proposes a new approach to logic intended to overcome them. To this end, the book compares mathematical logic with earlier views of logic, both in the ancient and in the modern age, including those of Plato, Aristotle, Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz, and Kant. From the comparison it is apparent that a basic limitation of mathematical logic is that it narrows down the scope of logic confining it to the study of deduction, without providing tools for discovering anything new. As a result, mathematical logic has had little impact on scientific practice. Therefore, this volume proposes a view of logic according to which logic is intended, first of all, to provide rules of discovery, that is, non-deductive rules for finding hypotheses to solve problems. This is essential if logic is to play any relevant role in mathematics, science and even philosophy. To comply with this view of logic, this volume formulates several rules of discovery, such as induction, analogy, generalization, specialization, metaphor, metonymy, definition, and diagrams. A logic based on such rules is basically a logic of discovery, and involves a new view of the relation of logic to evolution, language, reason, method and knowledge, particularly mathematical knowledge. It also involves a new view of the relation of philosophy to knowledge. This book puts forward such new views, trying to open again many doors that the founding fathers of mathematical logic had closed historically
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceChapter 1. Introduction -- Part I. Ancient Perspectives -- Chapter 2. The Origin of Logic -- Chapter 3. Ancient Logic and Science -- Chapter 4. The Analytic Method -- Chapter 5. The Analytic-Synthetic Method -- Chapter 6. Aristotle's Logic: The Deductivist View -- Chapter 7. Aristotle's Logic: The Heuristic View -- Part II. Modern Perspectives -- Chapter 8. The Method of Modern Science -- Chapter 9. The Quest for a Logic of Discovery -- Chapter 10. Frege's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 11. Gentzen's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 12. The Limitations of Mathematical Logic -- Chapter 13. Logic, Method, and the Psychology of Discovery -- Part III: An Alternative Perspective -- Chapter 14. Reason and Knowledge -- Chapter 15. Reason, Knowledge and Emotion -- Chapter 16. Logic, Evolution, Language and Reason -- Chapter 17. Logic, Method and Knowledge -- Chapter 18. Classifying and Justifying Inference Rules -- Chapter 19. Philosophy and Knowledge -- Part IV: Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 20. Induction and Analogy -- Chapter 21. Other Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 22. Conclusion -- References -- Name Index -- Subject Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographies and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 171
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400749818
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 89 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Transhumanismus ; Gesellschaft
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transhumanism and Society; Preface; Contents; 1 Introduction to the Transhumanity Debate; Presenting the Transhumanity Debate; Transtechnologies and Society; Discourse of Concern and Discourse of Hope; Transhumanity and Modernity; Suspect Modernity; Modernity in the Balance; The ''New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment''; On Capitalism; Conclusion; 2 Transcend or Transgress?; Transcendence: Cosmic, Personal and Civitas; Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendence; Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Compromise between Versions; Transgression
    Description / Table of Contents: Critique of Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendenceCritique of Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Critique of Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Transcendence nor Transgression?; 3 Transformation of Body and Mind; Sec1; Radical Transformation; Mind over Body; Of Substrates and Cyborgs; Religious Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Soulsoul; Secular Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Self; Moderate Transformation; Moderate Transformation as Value Gained; Moderate Transformation as Value Lost; Defending Posthuman Dignity; Taboo or Tolerance; 4 Rhetoric of Risk; Sec1
    Description / Table of Contents: The Social Construction of RiskRisk and Social Movements; Risk NarrativesRisk Narrative; ''End Times'' Narrative; Market Exploitation Narrative; New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment Narrative; Risk CampaignsRisk Campaign; Trust; Oversight Based on the Precautionary Principle; Oversight Based on the Proactionary Principle; Assignment of Liability; Contested Objects; GNR Terrorism; Genetically Modified Food; Neuropharmaceuticals; Protecting the ''Risk Object Portfolio''; Conclusion; 5 Inevitability; ; Rhetoric of Inevitability; Transhumanity and Fatalismfatalism; Strong Claims of Inevitability
    Description / Table of Contents: EvolutionEvolutionHomo Cyberneticus; Technological Momentum; Conservationist Critique of Strong Claims; Religious Conservationist Counterargument; Secular Conservationist Counterargument; Moderate Claim: Social Conditions are Ripe; Relinquishment; 6 Closure; No Easy Resolution; Balancing Act with Inevitability Claims; Scenarios; About the Author; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 172
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747593 , 1283634082 , 9781283634083
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Arbeit ; Lebenslanges Lernen
    Abstract: This book's original contribution to a crowded literature on work and learning will attract strong international interest. Its focus on the philosophy of learning at work brings a fresh perspective on a topic normally viewed through psychological, anthropological and sociological eyes. It assembles a host of internationally recognized scholars who reflect on the various philosophies of work-based learning. Full of distinctive and original contributions that provide perceptive insights into the subject, the work will be a practical support to teachers, trainers and researchers at the same time
    Abstract: This books original contribution to a crowded literature on work and learning will attract strong international interest. Its focus on the philosophy of learning at work brings a fresh perspective on a topic normally viewed through psychological, anthropological and sociological eyes. It assembles a host of internationally recognized scholars who reflect on the various philosophies of work-based learning. Full of distinctive and original contributions that provide perceptive insights into the subject, the work will be a practical support to teachers, trainers and researchers at the same time as it gives readers a clear philosophical grounding in learning at work. It is, however, not simply a book about philosophy, but a gazetteer of approaches to education in work that will sustain and inspire those who provide, engage in, and support the learning of new knowledge and skills in the workplace. With adaptability to new employment opportunities so vital to existing workers, the authors stand behind continued provision of work-based learning in the face of tightening economic constraints.
    Description / Table of Contents: Learning, Work and Practice: New Understandings; Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Thinking About Work in Work Based Learning; References; Part I; Chapter 2: The Workplace as a Site of Learning: Reflections on the Conceptual Relationship Between Workplace and Learning; Introduction: The Concept of a Workplace; The Concept of Work; Constraints on the Workplace as a Learning Environment; Why Some Learning Has to Take Place in the Workplace; Operational Conditions and the Workplace; Collective Knowledge in the Workplace; IVET and CVET
    Description / Table of Contents: Towards the Development of Professional Agency Through the Workplace as a Site of LearningReferences; Chapter 3: The Role of On-the-Job and Off-the-Job Provision in Vocational Education and Training; The Disappearing Knowledge Trick; A Different Approach; References; Chapter 4: Tacit Knowledge and the Labour Process; Introduction; Knowledge and Wealth: Retreat from Human Capital?; Braverman's Labour Process Theory; Importance of Knowledge at Work; The Knowledge Worker; Is Knowledge Work Rampant?; Knowledge Management and the Labour Process; Knowledge Sharing
    Description / Table of Contents: Commodification of Knowledge: A Global/Local QuestionEspoused Reasons for Knowledge Management; Resisting Standardization at Work; Rise of Tacit Knowledge; Knowledge Ownership at Work; Conclusion; Implications; References; Chapter 5: Workplace Identity, Transition and the Role of Learning; The Concept of Workplace Identity; Research into Graduate Identity; Constructing Graduate Identity; Values; Intellect; Performance; Engagement; From Graduate Identity to Workplace Identity; Developing Workplace Identity; References; Part II
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Ontological Distinctiveness and the Emergence of PurposesIntroduction: Beyond 'Mere Castles in the Air'; Ontologically Distinctive Properties; Unpredictability; Irreducibility; Inexplicability; The Significance of Purpose; Pushing on with Purpose; Projective Practices; Building Capacities; Identity and Agency; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Practice as a Key Idea in Understanding Work-Based Learning; Introduction; The Scope of the Term 'Work-Based Learning'; Changing Understandings of Work-Based Learning; Early Theories Influenced by Psychology; Sociocultural Theories
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodern TheoriesDiverse Understandings of Practice; MacIntyre's Account; Green's Analysis of Less Attenuated Theories; Implications of More Recent Learning Theories and the Practice Turn for Understanding Work-Based Learning; Conclusion; References; Part III; Chapter 8: Aristotelian Gnoseology and Work-Based Learning; Introduction; Work-Based Learning and the Critique of Aristotle; Other Knowledge Is Valuable: For Aristotle Too; The Phronimoi , Their Leisure (Skholi) and Their Occupation (Askholia); References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Working Our Way Through Murky Coordinates: Philosophy in Support of Truth Processes
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 173
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750197 , 1283634309 , 9781283634304
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 209 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschulorganisation ; Frau
    Abstract: Our colleges and universities are being led in large part by baby boomers who are now in later midlife. Huge numbers of those middle-aged leaders will retire within the next 10 years. While we know that being in later midlife and impending retirement must influence a person in a leadership position at an institution of higher learning, we dont really understand how. This book is based upon an empirical study that linked higher education leadership to one aspect of midlife known as generativity. This psychosocial phenomenon was described by Erik Erikson as a desire that peaks in midlife to leave something for future generations before one dies. Generativity typically manifests itself in the legacy one intends to leave. The author of this book has completed a multiple case study of women who are in later midlife and who hold high-level leadership positions at an institution of higher learning. In this work, she shares more than has ever been known about the nature, antecedents, and support of generativity in the leadership of female higher education leaders in midlife.
    Description / Table of Contents: Lasting Female Educational Leadership; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Leadership Legacies: Immortal Higher Education Leadership; Need and Background; A Statement of the Research Problem and Questions; Why Study Women in Leadership?; Purpose of the Study; Audience of the Study; Definition of Terms; Midlife; Higher Education Leader; Generativity; Generative Motivation; Generative Realization; Generative Chill; Generative Ethics; Communal Modes of Generativity; Agentic Modes of Generativity; Leadership; Developmental Antecedents of Generativity Motivation
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education Leadership LegacyPositive Role Model; Negative Role Model; Mentor; Leadership Coach; Summary; Exercise: In fl uential Legacies; Chapter 2: Why Legacy Matters More in Midlife; Erik Erikson's Theory of Generativity; Practical Questions of My Research Study; Why is Leadership so Dif fi cult to Study?; Which Leadership Framework is Appropriate for My Research Study?; What Selection Criteria Can I Use to Identify Higher Education Leaders?; Why Study Midlife Leaders Who Work Particularly in Higher Education?; How Does Generativity Manifest Itself Particularly in Women?
    Description / Table of Contents: What Else Did My Literature Review Uncover?Summary; Exercise: Childhood and Early Adulthood Antecedents to Generativity Strivings; Chapter 3: The Case Study; Rationale for Choosing the Naturalistic Paradigm; Rationale for Taking a Qualitative Research Approach; Rationale for Conducting a Case Study; Criteria for Study Participation; Methodology Summary; Exercise: A Higher Education Leadership Legacy Survey; Chapter 4: Characteristics that Influence Leadership Legacies; Description of Informants; Pseudonyms; Preparation; Insights; Within-Case Data Presentation; Cordelia; Desdemona; Juliet
    Description / Table of Contents: OpheliaPortia; Titania; Cross-Case Data Presentation; Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Leadership Generativity Motivation?; Research Question 3: What Environmental Factors Within a Higher Education Setting Facilitate or Inhibit Leadership Generativity?; Summary; Exercise: How Do Your Experiences Compare with the Study's Research Findings?; Chapter 5: Developing Generative Higher Education Leaders; Purpose of My Study; Responses to Research Questions: A Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?Key Finding 1: The Informants Believed That Being in Midlife Strongly Increased Their Generativity Motivation; Key Finding 2: The Informants Believed That Being a Woman Strongly In fl uenced Their Leadership Generativity; Key Finding 3: The Informants' Leadership Generativity Was In fl uenced by Their Positivity; Key Finding 4: The informants' Daily Activities and Responsibilities at the Local Level Constituted Their Leadership Generativity; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Generativity Motivation?
    Description / Table of Contents: Key Finding 5: The informants' Leadership Generativity Was a Function of Their Having Grown Up in a Particular Time
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 174
    ISBN: 9789400746732
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 182 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kupferman, David W. Disassembling and decolonizing school in the Pacific
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Schule ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Mikronesien ; Ozeanien ; Schule ; Ozeanien ; Schule
    Abstract: Schooling in the region known as Micronesia is today a normalized, ubiquitous, and largely unexamined habit. As a result, many of its effects have also gone unnoticed and unchallenged. By interrogating the processes of normalization and governmentality that circulate and operate through schooling in the region through the deployment of Foucaultian conceptions of power, knowledge, and subjectivity, this work destabilizes conventional notions of schooling's neutrality, self-evident benefit, and its role as the key to contemporary notions of so-called political, economic, and social development. This work aims to disquiet the idea that school today is both rooted in some distant past and a force for decolonization and the postcolonial moment. Instead, through a genealogy of schooling, the author argues that school as it is currently practiced in the region is the product of the present, emerging from the mid-1960s shift in US policy in the islands, the very moment when the US was trying to simultaneously prepare the islands for putative self-determination while producing ever-increasing colonial relations through the practice of schooling. The work goes on to conduct a genealogy of the various subjectivities produced through this present schooling practice, notably the student, the teacher, and the child/parent/family. It concludes by offering a counter-discourse to the normalized narrative of schooling, and suggests that what is displaced and foreclosed on by that narrative in fact holds a possible key to meaningful decolonization and self-determination
    Abstract: Schooling in the region known as Micronesia is today a normalized, ubiquitous, and largely unexamined habit. As a result, many of its effects have also gone unnoticed and unchallenged. By interrogating the processes of normalization and governmentality that circulate and operate through schooling in the region through the deployment of Foucaultian conceptions of power, knowledge, and subjectivity, this work destabilizes conventional notions of schoolings neutrality, self-evident benefit, and its role as the key to contemporary notions of so-called political, economic, and social development. This work aims to disquiet the idea that school today is both rooted in some distant past and a force for decolonization and the postcolonial moment. Instead, through a genealogy of schooling, the author argues that school as it is currently practiced in the region is the product of the present, emerging from the mid-1960s shift in US policy in the islands, the very moment when the US was trying to simultaneously prepare the islands for putative self-determination while producing ever-increasing colonial relations through the practice of schooling. The work goes on to conduct a genealogy of the various subjectivities produced through this present schooling practice, notably the student, the teacher, and the child/parent/family. It concludes by offering a counter-discourse to the normalized narrative of schooling, and suggests that what is displaced and foreclosed on by that narrative in fact holds a possible key to meaningful decolonization and self-determination.
    Description / Table of Contents: Disassembling and Decolonizing School in the Pacific; Preface; A Note on Audience; Where This Book Fits; How This Book Is Organized; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Figures; Chapter 1: Introduction: Where Do We Go from Here?; An Introduction; An Ocean of Discourse: Schooling in Micronesia and Beyond; Decolonizing the Postcolonial Position; Repositioning the Binary; The Temporality of De-positionality: Locus of Enunciation; Narrator as Narrative; Inconvenient Implications: "The Intellectual" and the University; Chapter 2: Theory, Power, and the Pacific
    Description / Table of Contents: An Imagined Non-entity: Deforming and Reforming Our "Sea of Little Lands"Power-Knowledge-Subject; Relational Power and Foucault; Production and Normalization; Genealogy, Subjectivity, Governmentality; Alternative Conditions of Possibility; Chapter 3: Atolls and Origins: A Genealogy of Schooling in Micronesia; In the Beginning There Was School; The Colonial Period?; The Song, and Actualized Event, of Solomon; The Colonial. Period.; Chapter 4: Power and Pantaloons: The Case of Lee Boo and the Normalizing of the Student; John Ford in the Rock Islands; Scopic Regime, or Why Is He Painted White?
    Description / Table of Contents: "Osiik a Llomes" and the Limits of Heliotropic(al) TranslationA Portrait of the Student as a Young Man: The Benevolence of the Colonial Project; The Student as Simulacrum; Chapter 5: Certifiably Qualified: Corps, College, and the Construction of the Teacher; Dilettantes and Differends; Peace Corps in Paradise Micronesia; Colleges and Knowledges; The "Highly Qualified" Cult(ure); Chapter 6: The Mother and Child Reunion: Governing the Family; All in the Family; Child, State, School; No Child Left Micronesian: Governmentality and the Child; PIRCs and Other Benefits of Policing the Parent
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Conclusion: The Emperor Is a Nudist: A Case for Counter-Discourse(s)Over the River and Through Bretton Woods: Development, Schooling, and Regimes of Representation; Culture, Custom, Catachresis; Dressing the Emperor; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 175
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746084 , 1283633876 , 9781283633871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 348 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Hautfarbe ; Bleichen ; Ethnische Beziehungen ; Rassendiskriminierung
    Abstract: In the aftermath of the 60s "Black is Beautiful movement and publication of The Color Complex almost thirty years later the issue of skin color has mushroomed onto the world stage of social science. Such visibility has inspired publication of the Melanin Millennium for insuring that the discourse on skin color meet the highest standards of accuracy and objective investigation. This volume addresses the issue of skin color in a worldwide context. A virtual visit to countries that have witnessed a huge rise in the use of skin whitening products and facial feature surgeries aiming for a more Caucasian-like appearance will be taken into account. The book also addresses the question of whether using the laws has helped to redress injustices of skin color discrimination, or only further promoted recognition of its divisiveness among people of color and Whites. The Melanin Millennium has to do with now and the future. In the 20th century science including eugenics was given to and dominated by discussions of race category. Heretofore there remain social scientists and other relative to the issue of skin color loyal to race discourse. However in their interpretation and analysis of social phenomena the world has moved on. Thus while race dominated the 20th century the 21st century will emerge as a global community dominated by skin color and making it the melanin millennium.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Melanin Millennium; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Bleaching Syndrome: Western Civilization vis-à-vis Inferiorized People of Color; References; Chapter 2: The Historical and Cultural Influences of Skin Bleaching in Tanzania; Historical and Cultural Influences: Institutions That Placed Tanzanians in a Color-Conscious Society; Enslaved by the Arabs; Controlled by the British, Colonized by the Germans; The Cycle Continues: Postcolonization; Westernization and Neocolonialism
    Description / Table of Contents: How Color-Conscious Societies Fuel Potent Skin-Color Ideals That Result in Efforts to Assimilate into Dominant GroupsIntrapsychic Conflict and Motivation to Assimilate; The Psychological Consequences of Living in Color-Conscious Societies; Inferiority and Low Self-Esteem; Identity Development; Where to Go from Here; Research Implications; Policy and Practice Implications; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Pathophysiology and Psychopathology of Skin Bleaching and Implications of Skin Colour in Africa; Introduction; Skin Colour: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Physiology
    Description / Table of Contents: Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD)What Are the Causes of Somatoform Disorders?; The Light Skin Fad; Pathophysiology of Skin Bleaching; Mechanisms of Skin Bleaching; Trigger Factors: Psychosocial Disturbances; Exposure to Bleaching Agents; Alteration of the Skin Biochemical and Anatomical Composition; In Contemporary Africa; References; Chapter 4: An Introduction to Japanese Society's Attitudes Toward Race and Skin Color; Introduction; Historical Japanese Treatments of Foreigners, Based Upon Skin Color; Roots of the Coloring of the World: Fukuzawa Yukichi's Theories of "Civilization"
    Description / Table of Contents: The Otaru Onsens Case and Japan's Judicial Valuation of Skin ColorContemporary Japanese Media Expressions of Valuation of Skin Color; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Mapping Color and Caste Discrimination in Indian Society; Foregrounding Racism in India; Revisiting the Mythical "Aryan Supremacy"; What Scriptures Say; Aryans, Varna, and Jāti; Revisiting the Aryan Supremacy; Questioning the Aryan Supremacy Myth: Non-Brahmanical Contestations; Notion of Beauty and Contemporary Forms of Preserving White Superiority; Notions of Femininity and Beauty in India; Whitening Cream Culture; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 6: Indigeneity on Guahan: Skin Color as a Measure of Decolonization; Introduction; Traditional Concepts of Skin Color; The Impact of Colonization and Western Values; Indigeneity and Decolonization; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: A Tale of Two Cultures; References; Chapter 8: Where Are You From?; Introduction: The "Where Are You From?" Question; How to Answer the "Where Are You From?" Question; The Founding Migration; The Founding Origin; Melanin: An Insuperable Sign of Otherness?; Promise and Delusion of a Project?; Assimilation and Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnic Statistics in France: Wishes and Fears
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 176
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751071 , 1283698145 , 9781283698146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 232 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tchibozo, Guy Cultural and social diversity and the transition from education to work
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor economics ; Education ; Education ; Labor economics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Schule ; Berufsbildung ; Übergang
    Abstract: This edited volume provides multidisciplinary and international insights into the policy, managerial and educational aspects of diverse students transitions from education to employment. As employers require increasing global competence on the part of those leaving education, this research asks whether increasing multiculturalism in developed societies, often seen as a challenge to their cohesion, is in fact a potential advantage in an evolving employment sector. This is a vital and under-researched field, and this new publication in Springers Technical and Vocational Education and Training series provides analysis both of theory and empirical data, submitted by researchers from nine nations including the USA, Oman, Malaysia, and countries in the European Union. The papers trace the origins of business demand for diversity in their workforces skill set, including national, local and institutional contexts. They also consider how social, demographic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity inform the attitudes of those seeking workand those seeking workers. With clear suggestions for future research, this work on a topic of rising profile will be read with interest by educators, policy makers, employers and careers advisors.
    Description / Table of Contents: Cultural and Social Diversity and the Transition from Education to Work; Preface; Springer: Technical and Vocational Education and Training Series; Contents; About the Contributors; About the Editor; Part I: Introduction; Chapter 1: Leveraging Diversity to Promote Successful Transition from Education to Work; 1 Problem Statement; 2 Theoretical Approach and Research Procedure; 3 Concepts; 3.1 Concept of School-to-Work Transition System; 3.1.1 School-to-Work Transition Process; 3.1.2 School-to-Work Transition System; 3.2 Concept of Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 3.2.1 Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Reasons for the Demand for Diversity3.2.3 Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 4 How Can the School-to-Work Transition System Address the Demand for Diversity?; 4.1 Role of the Education Subsystem; 4.2 Role of the Employment Subsystem; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; Chapter 2: Cultural and Social Diversity in the United States: A Compelling National Interest; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; 1.1.1 Cultural Competency; 1.1.2 Representative Bureaucracy; 2 Confrontations Over Educational Access; 3 Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Future ResearchReferences; Chapter 3: Perceptions of the Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace and Its Availability Among Secondary School Students; 1 Cultural Diversity in the Workplace; 2 Role of Education in Shaping Cultural Diversity Orientations and Skills; 3 Cultural Diversity in Oman; 4 Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace; 5 Theoretical Framework; 6 Importance of the Study; 7 Research Questions; 8 Study Instrument; 8.1 Awareness of Local and Global Factors; 8.2 Awareness of Cultural Types; 8.3 Attributes; 8.4 Skills/Competencies; 9 Study Samples
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Data Analysis11 Attributes and Skills; 12 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Cultural Diversity and the School-To-Work Transition: A Relational Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 The Concept of Cultural Diversity; 2.1 Background to Cultural Diversity in Europe; 2.2 Workforce Diversity; 3 Approaches to Managing Diversity; 4 The European Tourism Sector; 4.1 Human Resources in Tourism; 5 Workplace Diversity in European Tourism; 6 Theoretical Framework; 6.1 Capital; 6.2 Habitus; 6.3 Field; 7 Methods; 7.1 Limitations; 8 Findings and Discussion; 8.1 The Macro Socio-Economic Context
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Student Reflections8.3 Human Capital/Cultural Capital; 8.4 International Experience; 8.5 Physical/Cultural Characteristics; 9 Survey of Jobseekers; 10 Survey of Employers; 11 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Workforce Diversity in Malaysia: Current and Future Demand of Persons with Disabilities; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Demand of PWDs as Workforce; 1.2 Challenges and Strategies in Employing PWDs; 1.3 Future Trends; 2 Research Objectives; 2.1 To Compare the Profiles of Organizations That Hired and Did Not Hire PWDs as Workforce
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 To Examine Organizations' Views About Demands on PWDs as Workforce
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 177
    ISBN: 9789400747463
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 631 p. 73 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This book reconstructs key aspects of the early career of Descartes from 1618 to 1633; that is, up through the point of his composing his first system of natural philosophy, Le Monde, in 1629-33. It focuses upon the overlapping and intertwined development of Descartes’ projects in physico-mathematics, analytical mathematics, universal method, and, finally, systematic corpuscular-mechanical natural philosophy. The concern is not simply with the conceptual and technical aspects of these projects; but, with Descartes’ agendas within them and his construction and presentation of his intellectual identity in relation to them. Descartes’ technical projects, agendas and senses of identity shifted over time, entangled and displayed great successes and deep failures, as he morphed from a mathematically competent, Jesuit trained graduate in neo-Scholastic Aristotelianism to aspiring prophet of a systematised corpuscular-mechanism, passing through stages of being a committed physico-mathematicus, advocate of a putative ‘universal mathematics’, and projector of a grand methodological dream. In all three dimensions-projects, agendas and identity concerns-the young Descartes struggled and contended, with himself and with real or virtual peers and competitors, hence the title ‘Descartes-Agonistes’. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Descartes-Agonistes; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution; 1.1 Prologue: The 'Young' and the 'Mature' Descartes, Natural Philosopher; 1.2 Descartes and the Historians of Science; 1.3 Key Pitfalls (and Opportunities) Facing Descartes' Biographers (Even Authors of Quite Truncated Biographies); 1.3.1 The Problem of Method and Its Texts: Regulae and Discours; 1.3.2 The Problem of Descartes the Natural Philosopher, and of Natural Philosophy as a Wide and Dynamic Field of Discourse and Contention
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.3 Scientific Biography and the Historiography of Science1.4 Overview of the Argument; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other; Chapter 2: Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations-Natural Philosophy, Mixed Mathematics, Physico-mathematics, Method; 2.1 Jesuit neo-Scholasticism for the noblesse de robe; 2.2 In Search of Proper Categories and Angle of Attack; 2.3 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 1-Natural Philosophizing as Culture and Process; 2.4 Some Heuristic Help: Modeling Modern Sciences as Unique, Agonal Traditions in Process
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 2: The Dynamics and Rules of Contestation of Natural Philosophizing2.5.1 Articulation on Subordinate Disciplines: Grammar and Specific Utterance; 2.5.2 Find or Steal Discoveries, Novelties or Facts, Including Experimental Ones; 2.5.3 Bend or Brake Aristotle's Rules About Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: The Gambit of 'Physico-Mathematics'; 2.5.4 "Hot Spots" of Articulation Contest: Additional Causes and Effects of Heightened Turbulence in the Field of Natural Philosophizing
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.5 Modeling System Construction and Contestation - The 'Core', 'Vertical' and 'Horizontal' Dimensions of a Natural Philosophical System2.5.6 The Mechanics of Responding to 'Outside' Challenges and Opportunities; 2.6 The Special Status of the Problem of Method; 2.7 Phases and Stages in the 'Scientific Revolution' Seen as an Unfolding Process in the Field of Natural Philosophizing, with Its Attendant Articulations to Other Domains; 2.8 Looking Forward-What Kind of Natural Philosopher/Physico-Mathematician Was René Descartes?; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: 'Recalled to Study'-Descartes, Physico-Mathematicus3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Beeckman: Mentor and Colleague in Physico-Mathematics and Natural Philosophy; 3.2.1 Corpuscular-Mechanical Natural Philosophy and the Values of the Practical Arts; 3.2.2 Beeckman's Causal Register, Principles of Mechanics and Version of Physico-Mathematics; 3.3 Exemplary Physico-Mathematics: The Hydrostatics Manuscript of 1619; 3.3.1 Stevin, Archimedes and the Hydrostatic Paradox; 3.3.2 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [1] The Micro-Corpuscular Reduction; 3.3.3 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [2] The Force of Motion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 What's the Agenda: Descartes' Radical Form of Physico-Mathematics
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution -- Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations.-  Recalled to Study: Descartes Physico-Mathematicus  Descartes Opticien: The Optical Triumph of the 1620s -- nalytical Mathematics, Universal Mathematics and Method: Descartes’ Identity and Agenda Entering the 1620s.- Method and the Problem of the Historical Descartes.-  Universal Mathematics Interruptus: The Program of the later Regulae and its Collapse 1626-28 -- Reinventing the Agenda and Identity: Descartes, Physico-mathematical Philosopher of Nature 1629-33.-  Reading Le Monde as Pedagogy and Fable -- Waterworld: Descartes’ Vortical Celestial Mechanics and Cosmological Optics in Le Monde. - Le Monde as a System of Natural Philosophy -- Cosmography, Realist Copernicanism and Systematising Strategy in the Principia Philosophiae -- Conclusion: The Young and the Mature Descartes Agonistes -- Appendix 1 Descartes, Mydorge and Beeckman: The Evolution of Cartesian Lens Theory 1627-1637.-  Appendix 2 Decoding Descartes’ Vortex Celestial Mechanics in the Text of Le Monde.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 178
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400756724 , 1283908972 , 9781283908979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 85 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Fröding, Barbro Virtue ethics and human enhancement
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: This book shows how pressing issues in bioethics - e.g. the ownership of biological material and human cognitive enhancement - successfully can be discussed with in a virtue ethics framework. This is not intended as a complete or exegetic account of virtue ethics. Rather, the aim here is to discuss how some key ideas in Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics, when interpreted pragmatically, can be a productive way to approach some hot issues in bioethics. In spite of being a very promising theoretical perspective virtue ethics has so far been underdeveloped both in bioethics and neuroethics and most discussions have been conducted in consequentialist and/or deontological terms
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- CHAPTER 1; THE PROBLEM -- CHAPTER 2; THE GOOD LIFE -- CHAPTER 3; THE BIOLOGICAL OBSTACLES -- CHAPTER 4; ARISTOTLE’S VIRTUES AND HOW TO ACQUIRE THEM -- CHAPTER 5; EXAMPLES OF USEFUL CAPACITIES -- CHAPTER 6; CRITIQUE OF VIRTUE ETHICS -- CHAPTER 7; THREE ENHANCEMENT METHODS -- CHAPTER 8 ; CONCLUSION.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 179
    ISBN: 9789400751736 , 1283935961 , 9781283935968
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 182 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Irvine, Elizabeth Consciousness as a scientific concept
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Consciousness physiology ; Consciousness ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften
    Abstract: The source of endless speculation and public curiosity, our scientific quest for the origins of human consciousness has expanded along with the technical capabilities of science itself and remains one of the key topics able to fire public as much as academic interest. Yet many problematic issues, identified in this important new book, remain unresolved. Focusing on a series of methodological difficulties swirling around consciousness research, the contributors to this volume suggest that ‘consciousness’ is, in fact, not a wholly viable scientific concept. Supporting this ‘eliminativist‘ stance are assessments of the current theories and methods of consciousness science in their own terms, as well as applications of good scientific practice criteria from the philosophy of science. For example, the work identifies the central problem of the misuse of qualitative difference and dissociation paradigms, often deployed to identify measures of consciousness. It also examines the difficulties that attend the wide range of experimental protocols used to operationalise consciousness-and the implications this has on the findings of integrative approaches across behavioural and neurophysiological research. The work also explores the significant mismatch between the common intuitions about the content of consciousness, that motivate much of the current science, and the actual properties of the neural processes underlying sensory and cognitive phenomena. Even as it makes the negative eliminativist case, the strong empirical grounding in this volume also allows positive characterisations to be made about the products of the current science of consciousness, facilitating a re-identification of target phenomena and valid research questions for the mind sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The Science of Consciousness -- 2. Subjective Measures of Consciousness -- 3. Measures of Consciousness and the Method of Qualitative Differences -- 4. Dissociations and Consciousness -- 5. Converging on Consciousness -- 6. Mechanisms of Consciousness and Scientific Kinds -- 7. Content-Matching: The case of Sensory memory and phenomenal consciousness -- 8. Content-Matching: The contents of what? -- 9. Scientific Eliminativism: Why there can be no Science of Consciousness -- 10. Conclusion -- Appendix: Dice Game -- ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 180
    ISBN: 9789400715189
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 414 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 206
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Schütz, Alfred, 1899 - 1959 Collected papers ; 6: Literary reality and relationships
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Literatur ; Interaktion
    Abstract: This book contains texts devoted by Alfred Schutz to the 'normative' areas of literature and ethics. It includes writings dealing with the author-reader relationship, multiple realities, the literary province of meaning, and Schutz's views on equality. Never published in English commentaries on Goethe's novel and the account of personality in the social world appear in this volume.
    Abstract: The three essays in this volume illuminate Alfred Schutz’s understanding of literature and literary relationships. The first, “Life Forms and Meaning Structures,” presents such ideal life-forms as duration, memory, the speaking ego, and the I in relation to the Thou. This essay also describes the fundamental nature of human experience, its pluralized realms, the passage of time, perspectival interpretation, action and its impediments-all concepts which make possible an understanding of literature and literary themes. The essay goes on to discuss opera, and the relationship between music and language in opera. The second essay, “The Problem of Personality in the Social World,” offers insights into the unity the social person achieves, temporality, and the role of the body and the importance of pragmatic relevances. This shows how, even before he arrived in the United States, Schutz went beyond his 1932 Phenomenology of the Social World in a pragmatic direction. This essay anticipates Schutz’s 1945 essay, “On Multiple Realities,” by discussing reality-spheres of working, phantasy, dreams, and theory. Reality-spheres are vital for understanding literature, as shown in the third essay, which translates for the first time two Goethe manuscripts produced by Schutz in 1948. The first text, on Lehrjahre, reveals Schutz actually interpreting a piece of literature, tracing the themes of art and life and fate and freedom through the text. The second, a commentary on Goethe’s Wanderjahre, presents an inchoate theory of literature. Defending Goethe’s 1829 version of the Wanderjahre novel, Schutz argues that critics miss the point that readers of literature adopt a specific kind of epoché in which they enter a reality-sphere governed by “the logic of the poetic event,” whose rules are not those of everyday life or theoretical contemplation. In sum, this volume brings out the distinctive character of literary reality and the relationships between author and reader, and invites the reader to derive a sense of how Schutz himself read literature.
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Introduction by Michael Barber -- Life Forms and Meaning Structures -- The Problem of Personality in the Social World” -- Two Goethe Texts: “Wilhelm Meisters Lehrjahre” (Wilhelm Meister’s Year of Apprenticeship) and “Zu Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahren” (On Wilhelm Meister’s Years of Travel).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 181
    ISBN: 9789400751989
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 191 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 34
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ackert, Lloyd Sergei Vinogradskii and the cycle of life
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Science History ; Ecology ; Science, general ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Ecology ; Winogradsky, S ; (Serge), 1856-1953 ; Microbiologists ; Ukraine ; Biography ; Winogradsky, Serge 1856-1953 ; Mikrobiologe ; Biografie ; Winogradsky, Serge 1856-1953 ; Mikrobiologe ; Biografie
    Abstract: This is one of those biographies that provide a window onto the broader understanding of science in its social and cultural context. Using Sergei Nikolaevich Vinogradskii's career and scientific research trajectory as a point of entry, this book illustrates the manner in which microbiologists, chemists, botanists, and plant physiologists inscribed the concept of a ""cycle of life"" into their investigations. Their research transformed a longstanding notion into the fundamental approaches and concepts that underlay the new ecological disciplines that emerged in the 1920s. The book presents a re
    Abstract: This is one of those biographies that provide a window onto the broader understanding of science in its social and cultural context. Using Sergei Nikolaevich Vinogradskii’s career and scientific research trajectory as a point of entry, this book illustrates the manner in which microbiologists, chemists, botanists, and plant physiologists inscribed the concept of a “cycle of life” into their investigations. Their research transformed a longstanding notion into the fundamental approaches and concepts that underlay the new ecological disciplines that emerged in the 1920s. The book presents a reconstruction of significant episodes of Vinogradskii’s laboratory practices and the role of theory in their development. It paints the broader picture of the history of ecology, microbiology and soil science and how these are uniquely united: through the concept of the cycle of life.
    Description / Table of Contents: Sergei Vinogradskii and the Cycle of Life; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Part I: Plant Physiology; Chapter 1: A Synthesis of Thermodynamics and Bioenergetics in Plant Physiology: The Investigation of a Moody Apprentice; The Gentleman Chooses Science; The Cycle of Life in European Science; Chapter 2: The Exchange of Matter and the Transformation of Energy; Famintsyn's Approach to the Cycle of Life; Physiological Debates on the Nature of Microorganisms; The Intellectual Context for Vinogradskii's 1883 Report; Vinogradskii's Style; Part II: Experiment and Natural History
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: The Laboratory is Nature: Investigating the Cycle of Life Under the MicroscopeA Comfortable Internship: Anton de Bary's Laboratory at the University of Strassburg; A Brush with German Darwinism: Vinogradskii's Sulphur Spring Expeditions; Species Constancy: Vinogradskii's Physiological Interpretation of the Monomorphism-Pleiomorphism Debate; Chapter 4: Free Nature in the Laboratory; Beggiatoa Nutrition; Vinogradskii's Virtuosity: The Role of Sulphur in Beggiatoa Nutrition; A New Physiological Type; The Reception of Vinogradskii's Research; Part III: Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Vinogradskii's Transformation from Plant Physiologist to Ecologist, 1890-1920Autotrophism; Nitrification as a Biological Phenomenon; Soil Microbiology at the Imperial Institute of Experimental Medicine; Chapter 6: Soil Science and Russian Ecology; Vinogradskii's Contributions; Physiological Ecology; Beketov Without Darwin: Vinogradskii's Concept of the Cycle of Life; Scientific Forestry: Vinogradskii Retires to Gorodok; Part IV: French Agriculture; Chapter 7: The Master of Brie-Compte-Robert and His "Direct Method:" Translating the Cycle of Life into Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: Vinogradskii Comes to Brie-Comte-Robert: The Resurrection of a CareerThe Direct Method in 1923: Its First Explication; The Direct Method in 1925: The Rise of Soil Microbiology; Chapter 8: Ecological Microbiology; Ecological Microbiology in 1925; The Direct Method in the Late 1920s; The Direct Method and Microflora in the Early 1930s; Part V: The Impact of Vinogradskii's Work; Chapter 9: Science is Ecological and Ecology is Scientific: The Uptake of Vinogradskii's Direct Methods; The "Cycle of Life" at the Rutgers Agricultural Experiment Station; A "Holistic Habit of Mind"40
    Description / Table of Contents: Statistical Soil Science: Rothamsted Agricultural Experiment StationIn Beijerinck's Backyard: The Delft School of Microbiology; Chapter 10: Vinogradskii's Reception in Russian and Soviet Microbiology; Vinogradskii's First Student, V. L. Omelianskii: Microbes as "Living Reactives"; Nikolai Kholodnyi: Iron Bacteria Research and Vinogradskii's Direct Method; The Role of Microbes in Russian and Soviet Soil Science; Ecological Microbiology in the Soviet Union; Chapter 11: Conclusions; Bibliography; Manuscripts Collections Visited; General Sources; Vinogradskii's Publications Cited; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 182
    ISBN: 9789400754348 , 1283910152 , 9781283910156
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 267 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Job satisfaction around the academic world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Job satisfaction ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit
    Abstract: Higher education systems have changed all over the world, but not all have changed in the same ways. Although system growth and so-called massification have been worldwide themes, there have been system-specific changes as well. It is these changes that have an important impact on academic work and on the opinions of the staff that work in higher education. The academic profession has a key role to play in producing the next generations of knowledge workers, and this task will be more readily achieved by a contented academic workforce working within well-resourced teaching and research institutions. This volume tells the story of academics’ opinions about the changes in their own countries. The Changing Academic Profession (CAP) survey has provided researchers and policy makers with the capacity to compare the academic profession around the world. Built around national analyses of the survey this book examines academics’ opinions on a range of issues to do with their job satisfaction. Following an introduction that considers the job satisfaction literature as it relates to higher education, country-based chapters examine aspects of job satisfaction within each country.
    Description / Table of Contents: Job Satisfaction around the Academic World; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; References; Chapter 2: Academic Work at the Periphery: Why Argentine Scholars Are Satis fi ed, Despite All; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Theoretical Framework; 2.3 The Academic Profession in Argentina; 2.4 About the Sample and How Satisfaction Was Measured; 2.5 Argentina's Academic Job Satisfaction at a Glance; 2.6 Going Deeper: Differences Between Academics; 2.7 So, Are They Satisfied?; 2.8 Concluding Remarks; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.3 Data; 3.4 Methodology; 3.4.1 Dependent Variable; 3.4.2 Independent Variables; 3.5 Results; 3.5.1 Mean Satisfaction; 3.5.2 Results for Environmental Conditions; 3.5.3 Results for Motivators and Hygienes; 3.5.4 Results for Demographics; 3.5.5 Results for Triggers; 3.6 Discussion; References; Chapter 4: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment: The Brazilian Experience; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Brazilian Higher Education: Sources of Institutional Diversity4.3 Differences in Conditions of Work, Commitments and Internal Governance; 4.4 Job Satisfaction in Diverse Institutional Environments; 4.5 Different Institutions, Different Sources of Satisfaction; 4.5.1 Sources of Contentment for Academics from the Public Research Universities; 4.5.2 Sources of Contentment Among Academics from Public Regional Universities; 4.5.3 Job Satisfaction Among Academics from Private Elite Institutions; 4.5.4 Job Satisfaction Inside the Private Mass-Oriented Institutions; 4.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Canadian University Academics' Perceptions of Job Satisfaction: "…The Future Is Not What It Used to Be"5.1 Canadian Universities and the Context of Academic Work; 5.2 The Canadian CAP Survey; 5.3 Findings; 5.3.1 Overall Satisfaction with the Academic Profession; 5.3.2 Satisfaction with Institutional Infrastructure and Support; 5.3.3 Management, Leadership, and Institutional Culture; 5.4 Analysis of Demographic Variables; 5.4.1 Gender; 5.4.2 Remuneration; 5.4.3 Research Funding; 5.4.4 Rank; 5.4.5 Discipline; 5.4.6 Institutional Type; 5.5 Discussion; 5.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems6.1 Background: Satisfaction? For a Good Time Call…; 6.2 History Ancient and Modern: The Old and the Not So Old; 6.3 The Changing Academic Profession: Some Demographic Considerations; 6.3.1 The CAP Survey and the Structure of Finnish Higher Education; 6.3.2 A Brief Demographic Analysis; 6.3.3 Teaching and Research: Preference and Time; 6.4 Job Satisfaction: The Physical Environment; 6.5 Job Satisfaction: Governance-Related Factors; 6.6 Job Satisfaction: Overall: I CAN Get Satisfaction!
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.7 I'm Satis fi ed! Some Discussion and Conclusions About Finnish University and Polytechnic Academics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 2. Argentina: Academic Work at the Periphery - Why Argentine Scholars Are Satisfied, Despite All; Mónica Marquina and Gabriel Rebello -- 3. Australia: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 4. Brazil: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment; Elizabeth Balbachevsky and Simon Schwartzman -- 5. Canada: Canadian University Academics’ Perceptions of Job Satisfaction - “the future is not what is used to be”; Julian Weinrib, Glen A. Jones, Amy Scott Metcalfe, Donald Fisher, Yves Gingras, Kjell Rubenson and Iain Snee -- 6. Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 7. Germany: Determinants of Academic Job Satisfaction; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 8. Japan: Factors Determining Academics’ Job Satisfaction From the Perspective of Role Diversification; Akira Arimoto and Tukasa Daizen -- 9. Malaysia: An Academic Career in Malaysia - A Wonderful Life, or Satisfaction Not Guaranteed?; Norzaini Azman, Morshidi Sirat and Mohd Ali Samsudin -- 10. Portugal: Dimensions of Academic Job Satisfaction; Diana Dias, Maria de Lourdes Machado-Taylor, Rui Santiago, Teresa Carvalho and Sofia Sousa -- 11. South Africa: Job Satisfaction for a Besieged Profession; Charl Wolhuter -- 12. United Kingdom: Satisfaction in Stages - the Academic Profession in the United Kingdom and British Commonwealth; William Locke and Alice Bennion -- 13. Conclusion: Academic Job Satisfaction from an International Comparative Perspective: Factors Associated with Satisfaction across 12 Countries; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 183
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752795
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 197 p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 53
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Douard, John Monstrous crimes and the failure of forensic psychiatry
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Consciousness ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Consciousness ; Law Psychological aspects ; Gerichtliche Psychiatrie ; Verbrechen ; Gewaltkriminalität ; Abnorme Persönlichkeit ; Gerichtliche Psychiatrie
    Abstract: The metaphor of the monster or predator-usually a sexual predator, drug dealer in areas frequented by children, or psychopathic murderer-is a powerful framing device in public discourse about how the criminal justice system should respond to serious violent crimes. The cultural history of the monster reveals significant features of the metaphor that raise questions about the extent to which justice can be achieved in both the punishment of what are regarded as "monstrous crimes" and the treatment of those who commit such crimes.This volume is the first to address the connections between the history of the monster metaphor, the 19th century idea of the criminal as monster, and the 20th century conception of the psychopath: the new monster. The book addresses, in particular, the ways in which the metaphor is used to scapegoat certain categories of crimes and criminals for anxieties about our own potential for deviant, and, indeed, dangerous interests. These interests have long been found to be associated with the fascination people have for monsters in most cultures, including the West.The book concludes with an analysis of the role of forensic psychiatrists and psychologists in representing criminal defendants as psychopaths, or persons with certain personality disorders. As psychiatry and psychology have transformed bad behavior into mad behavior, these institutions have taken on the legal role of helping to sort out the most dangerous among us for preventive "treatment" rather than carceral "punishment."
    Description / Table of Contents: Monstrous Crimes and the Failure of Forensic Psychiatry; Acknowledgments; John Douard; Pamela D. Schultz; Contents; Chapter 1: Monstrous Crimes, Framing, and the Preventive State: The Moral Failure of Forensic Psychiatry; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Frames, Metaphor, and Cognition; 1.3 Monsters and Monstrous Crimes; 1.4 Psychopathy: The Monstrous Brain; References; Chapter 2: Sexual Predator Laws: A Gothic Narrative; 2.1 Law, Morality, and Emotion in American Law; 2.2 The Monster Among Us: The Social Context of Revulsion; 2.3 Sexually Violent Predator Acts; 2.4 Megan's Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 Stories of Abjection: The "yuck" Factor2.5 Becoming a Public Problem; References; Chapter 3: Metaphor, Framing, and Reasoning; 3.1 Metaphor as Productive Cognitive Tool; 3.2 Metaphorical Images: Emblematic Compression; 3.3 Framing and Meaning; 3.4 Thinking with Metaphors: Pretend Play and the False Belief Task; 3.5 Dead Metaphors are Powerful Metaphors; References; Chapter 4: Monsters, Norms and Making Up People; 4.1 Monster as Physical Abnormality; 4.2 Monster as Social Symbol; 4.3 "Making Up People" - The Monster Within; 4.4 Scapegoats and the Social Utility of Outsiders
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 The Monster as Sexual DeviantReferences; Chapter 5: The Sex Offender: A New Folk Devil; 5.1 Moral Panic; 5.2 Witchcraft and "Satanic Panic"; 5.3 The Child Sexual Murderer; References; Chapter 6: The Child Sex Abuser; 6.1 Child Abuse as a Public Problem; 6.2 The Sex Offender Kind; 6.3 The Ambiguity of "Normal"; References; Chapter 7: The Mask of Objectivity: Digital Imaging and Psychopathy; 7.1 The Moral Monster Within; 7.2 DSM-IV-TR: A Floating Taxonomy; 7.2.1 SVPA Psychiatric Reports: The Forensic Context of the DSM-IV-TR; 7.3 Psychopathy: The Mask of Sanity
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.4 fMRI: Localizing the Monster7.5 The Monstrous Crime and the Monstrous Brain; 7.5.1 Maps, Atlases, and Distinguishing the Normal from the Abnormal; 7.6 Abnormal Brains; 7.6.1 Expert Testimony: The Mask of Objectivity; 7.6.2 Sex Offenders as Psychopaths; References; Chapter 8: Forensic Psychiatric Testimony: Ethical Issues; 8.1 A Prima Facie Moral Dilemma; 8.2 Ethics Subverted: The Shifting Terrain of Forensic Psychiatry; 8.3 Do Forensic Psychiatrists Possess a Body of Well-Grounded Knowledge?; 8.4 Are Forensic Psychiatrists Biased?
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5 Why Even the Best Forensic Psychiatrists Are at Moral Risk8.6 The Basis for Moral Evaluation: Principles, Narratives, Social Context; 8.7 Stories and Narratives; 8.8 Monsters, Strangers, and Social Order: Forensic Psychiatrists as Moral Police; 8.9 The Monstrous Brain: Science or Science Fiction?; 8.10 What Is to Be Done?; 8.11 Moral Conversation: An Exercise in "Hot-Tubbing"; References; Chapter 9: Public Health Approach to Sexual Abuse; 9.1 Public Health and Sexual Violence Prevention; 9.2 Public Health Law: Brief Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.3 Biological and Personal Narratives: The Individual Level
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 184
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 277 p. 51 illus., 10 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Understanding Population Trends and Processes 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Spatial microsimulation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Spatial analysis (Statistics) ; Space ; Computer simulation ; Statistical matching ; Demography ; Demographie ; Räumliche Statistik ; Mikrosimulation
    Abstract: This book is a practical guide on how to design, create and validate a spatial microsimulation model. These models are becoming more popular as academics and policy makers recognise the value of place in research and policy making. Recent spatial microsimulation models have been used to analyse health and social disadvantage for small areas; and to look at the effect of policy change for small areas. This provides a powerful analysis tool for researchers and policy makers. This book covers preparing the data for spatial microsimulation; a number of methods for both static and dynamic spatial microsimulation models; validation of the models to ensure the outputs are reasonable; and the future of spatial microsimulation. The book will be an essential handbook for any researcher or policy maker looking to design and create a spatial microsimulation model. This book will also be useful to those policy makers who are commissioning a spatial microsimulation model, or looking to commission work using a spatial microsimulation model, as it provides information on the different methods in a non-technical way.
    Description / Table of Contents: Spatial Microsimulation: A Reference Guide for Users; Foreword; Contents; Part I: Background; Chapter 1: Introduction to Spatial Microsimulation: History, Methods and Applications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Spatial Microsimulation; 1.3 Applications of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.4 Validation of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.5 The Future; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Building a Static Spatial Microsimulation Model: Data Preparation; 2.1 Data Sources and Requirements; 2.2 Sample Scope; 2.3 Unit of Analysis; 2.3.1 Non-private Dwellings
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Non-classifiable Households2.4 Population Imputation; 2.4.1 Imputation of Child Records; 2.4.2 Imputation of a Non-private Dwelling Population; 2.5 Matching Variable Definitions in the Sample Survey and the Census; 2.6 Uprating and Deflating; 2.7 Balancing Data; 2.8 Conclusion; References; Part II: Static Spatial Microsimulation Models; Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata Simulation Methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation Methodologies
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 Synthetic Reconstruction3.2.2 Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.3 Innovations in Synthetic Reconstruction; 3.3.1 Modified Monte Carlo Sampling; 3.3.2 Statistical Justification of Reconstruction Order; 3.3.3 Modelled 100% Counts of 10% Data; 3.3.4 Improved Data Linkage; 3.3.5 Data Reconciliation; 3.4 Innovations in Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.4.1 Validated Random Number Generation; 3.4.2 Sequential Table Fitting; 3.4.3 Stratified Household Selection; 3.4.4 RSSZ*: A New Selection Criterion; 3.4.5 Stopping Rules; 3.5 Understanding Between-Area Variation; 3.5.1 Spatial Concentration
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.2 Multicollinearity3.6 A Framework for Validating Small-Area Microdata; 3.6.1 Identification of Appropriate Measures of Fit; 3.6.2 Innovations in Types of Fit Measured; 3.7 The Impact on Combinatorial Optimisation of Selected Improvements; 3.7.1 Substitution of TAE with RSSZ *; 3.7.2 Stratified Household Selection; 3.8 Synthetic Reconstruction vs. Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.8.1 ED-Level Mean Fit; 3.8.2 ED-Level Fit of the Mean; 3.8.3 Ward-Level Fit; 3.8.4 Fit of Unconstrained Counts; 3.9 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Estimating Small-Area Income Deprivation : An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach4.1 Background; 4.2 Small-Area Income Estimation Methods; 4.3 The Iterative Proportion Fitting Approach; 4.3.1 Definition of Income; 4.3.2 Choice of Constraint Variables; 4.3.3 Small-Area IPF Algorithm Implementation; 4.4 Results; 4.5 Validation; 4.6 Conclusions and Future Directions; References; Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (Deterministic) Model; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Why Use Spatial Microsimulation Modelling to Model Disease Data?; 5.2.1 Why Use a Deterministic Model?
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 SimObesity Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1: Background: Chapter 1: Introduction to spatial microsimulation - History, Methods and Applications: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Chapter 2: Building a static spatial microsimulation model: data preparation: Rebecca Cassells, Riyana Miranti and Ann Harding -- Part 2: Static spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata simulation methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation methodologies: Paul Williamson -- Chapter 4: Estimating Small Area Income Deprivation: An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach: Ben Anderson -- Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (deterministic) model: Kimberley Edwards and Graham Clarke -- Chapter 6: Spatial Microsimulation using a generalised regression model: Robert Tanton, Ann Harding and Justine McNamara -- Chapter 7: Creating a Spatial Microsimulation model of the Irish Local Economy: Niall Farrell, Karyn Morrissey and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 8: Linking static spatial microsimulation modelling to meso-scale models: The Relationship between Access to GP services & Long Term Illness: Karyn Morrissey, Graham Clarke and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 9: Projections using a static Spatial Microsimulation model: Yogi Vidyattama and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 10: Limits of static Spatial Microsimulation models: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Part 3: Dynamic spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 11: Moses: A dynamic spatial microsimulation model for demographic planning: Belinda Wu and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 12: Design principles for micro models: Einar Holm and Kalle Mäkilä -- Chapter 13: SimEducation: a dynamic spatial microsimulation model for understanding educational inequalities: Dimitris Kavroudakis, Dimitris Ballas and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 14: Challenges for spatial dynamic microsimulation modelling: Mark Birkin -- Part 4: Validation of spatial microsimulation models and conclusion -- Chapter 15: Validation of spatial microsimulation models: Kimberley Edwards and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 16: Conclusions and the future of spatial microsimulation modelling: Graham Clarke and Ann Harding..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 185
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753105
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 207 p. 220 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 92
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Different kinds of specificity across languages
    RVK:
    Keywords: Comparative linguistics ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Comparative linguistics ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Definiteness (Linguistics) ; Semantics ; Konferenzschrift 2007 ; Definitheit ; Kontrastive Semantik
    Abstract: This anthology of papers analyzes a range of specificity markers found in natural languages. It reflects the fact that despite intensive research into these markers, the vast differences between the markers across languages and even within single languages have been less acknowledged. Commonly regarded specific indefinites are by no means a homogenous class, and so this volume fills a gap in our understanding of the semantics and pragmatics of indefinites. The papers explore differences and similarities among these specificity markers, concentrating on the following issues: whether specificity is a purely semantic or also a pragmatic notion; whether the contribution of specificity markers is located on the level of the at-issue content; whether some kind of speaker-listener asymmetry concerning the identification of the referent is involved; and the behavioral scope of these indefinites in the context of other quantifiers, negation, attitude verbs, and intensional/modal operators
    Abstract: This anthology of papers analyzes a range of specificity markers found in natural languages. It reflects the fact that despite intensive research into these markers, the vast differences between the markers across languages and even within single languages have been less acknowledged. Commonly regarded specific indefinites are by no means a homogenous class, and so this volume fills a gap in our understanding of the semantics and pragmatics of indefinites.The papers explore differences and similarities among these specificity markers, concentrating on the following issues: whether specificity is a purely semantic or also a pragmatic notion; whether the contribution of specificity markers is located on the level of the at-issue content; whether some kind of speaker-listener asymmetry concerning the identification of the referent is involved; and the behavioral scope of these indefinites in the context of other quantifiers, negation, attitude verbs, and intensional/modal operators.
    Description / Table of Contents: Different Kinds of Specificity Across Languages; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Specificity Markers and Nominal Exclamatives in French; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Un N Précis Versus un N; 2.2.1 An Anti-singleton Indefinite; 2.2.2 A Selective Indefinite; 2.2.3 Background and Scope; 2.3 Un Certain N Versus un N (Précis); 2.3.1 Un Certain N And un N Précis; 2.3.2 Un Certain N Versus un N; 2.3.2.1 The Uses of un Certain N; 2.3.2.2 The Evidential Value of un Certain N; 2.3.3 Intermediate Conclusion; 2.4 The Puzzle of Exclamative Nominal Sentences
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Guise of the Surprise2.4.2 A Temporal Conflict; 2.4.3 Some Speculations About Evaluative Items; 2.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: The Interpretation of the German Specificity Markers Bestimmt and Gewiss; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Syntax of Bestimmt and Gewiss; 3.3 Semantic Differences Between Bestimmt and Gewiss; 3.3.1 Identifiability; 3.3.2 The Scope-Taking Behaviour of `Bestimmt' and `Gewiss'; 3.3.2.1 Negation; 3.3.2.2 Nominal Quantifiers; 3.3.2.3 Conditionals; 3.3.2.4 Intensional Operators; 3.4 A Comparison to Other Specificity Markers; 3.5 A Formal Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.1 Technicalities: Concealed Questions Under Cover3.5.2 The Meaning of `Bestimmt'; 3.5.2.1 Pragmatic Issues; 3.5.2.2 Identifiability; 3.5.2.3 Scope: Nominal Quantifiers; 3.5.2.4 Scope: Negation; 3.5.2.5 Scope: Intensional Operators and Conditionals; 3.5.3 Technicalities: Conventional Implicatures; 3.5.4 The Meaning of `Gewiss'; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Pragmatic Variation Among Specificity Markers; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Specificity Marking in English and Russian; 4.3 Felicity Conditions on Specificity; 4.3.1 ThisR-Indefinites and Noteworthiness
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.2 OdinR-Indefinites and Identifiability4.3.3 Felicity Conditions: Noteworthiness vs. Identifiability; 4.3.4 Shades of Identifiability; 4.3.5 Crosslinguistic Evidence; 4.4 Anti-uniqueness; 4.4.1 A Possible Answer: Maximize Presupposition; 4.4.2 Deriving the Anti-uniqueness Effects on OdinR; 4.5 Possessive Constructions; 4.5.1 Types of Possessive Constructions in Russian; 4.5.2 Possessive Constructions and Specificity in Russian; 4.5.3 The Puzzle; 4.6 Conclusion and Further Questions; References; Chapter 5: Certain Presuppositions and Some Intermediate Readings, and Vice Versa
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Introduction5.2 Choice Functions and Intermediate Readings; 5.2.1 Wide-Scope Indefinites and Choice Functions; 5.2.2 Existential Closure versus Choice Functions from Context; 5.3 Different Kinds of Exceptional Scope: A Certain and Some; 5.4 The Meaning for Some and a Presuppositional Explanation of Schwarz's Generalization; 5.5 Presuppositions of a Certain; 5.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Exceptional Scope: The Case of Spanish; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Domain Restriction and Exceptional Scope: Un vs. Algún; 6.2.1 Singleton Indefinites; 6.2.2 Un vs. Algún
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2.3 Testing the Prediction: Un vs. Algún in Relative Clauses and Conditionals
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 186
    ISBN: 9789400753075
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 196 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Muslims in Global Societies Series 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Religion and education ; History ; Migration ; Education ; Education ; Religion and education ; History ; Migration ; Judenvernichtung ; Muslim ; Einstellung ; Soziale Wahrnehmung ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: The way people think about the Holocaust is changing. The particular nature of the transformation depends on people's historical perspectives and how they position themselves and their nation or community vis-à-vis the tragedy. Understandably, European Muslims perceive the Holocaust as less central to their history than do other Europeans. Yet while the acknowledgement and commemoration of the horrors of the Holocaust are increasingly important in Europe, Holocaust denial and biased views on the Holocaust are widespread in European Muslims' countries of origin. In this book, a number of distinguished scholars and educators of various backgrounds discuss views of the Holocaust. Problematic views are often influenced by a persistent attitude of Holocaust denial which is derived, in part, from discourses in the Muslim communities in their countries of origin. The essays collected here explore the backgrounds of these perceptions and highlight positive approaches and developments. Many of the contributions were written by people working in the field and reflecting on their experiences. This collection also reveals that problematic views of the Holocaust are not limited to Muslim communities
    Abstract: The way people think about the Holocaust is changing. The particular nature of the transformation depends on people’s historical perspectives and how they position themselves and their nation or community vis-à-vis the tragedy. Understandably, European Muslims perceive the Holocaust as less central to their history than do other Europeans. Yet while the acknowledgement and commemoration of the horrors of the Holocaust are increasingly important in Europe, Holocaust denial and biased views on the Holocaust are widespread in European Muslims’ countries of origin.In this book, a number of distinguished scholars and educators of various backgrounds discuss views of the Holocaust. Problematic views are often influenced by a persistent attitude of Holocaust denial which is derived, in part, from discourses in the Muslim communities in their countries of origin. The essays collected here explore the backgrounds of these perceptions and highlight positive approaches and developments. Many of the contributions were written by people working in the field and reflecting on their experiences. This collection also reveals that problematic views of the Holocaust are not limited to Muslim communities.
    Description / Table of Contents: Perceptions of the Holocaust in Europe and Muslim Communities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; References; History Aside?; Antisemitism and Holocaust Remembrance; References; Participation of European Muslim Organisations in Holocaust Commemorations; Introduction; International Commemoration; Muslim Reactions to Holocaust Commemoration; Muslim Leaders Address the Holocaust; Teaching the Holocaust; Assessment; References; The Evolution of Arab Perceptions of the Holocaust; From the End of WWII to the Establishment of Israel
    Description / Table of Contents: The Evolution of the Major Themes of Holocaust RepresentationCritical Voices in a Promising Era of a Peace Process; The Counter Reaction to the New Discourse; Conclusions; References; Perceptions of the Holocaust in Turkey; 'Positive' Perceptions of the Holocaust; The Armenian Genocide and the Holocaust; The 'Turkish Diplomats Who Saved Turkish Jews'; Negative Perceptions; "The Palestine Question and Genocide"; Holocaust Denial; Hollywood and Films Dealing with the Holocaust; The American Media and Holocaust; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Antisemitism and the Politics of Holocaust Memorial Day in the UK and ItalyIntroduction; Survivors, Perpetrators, Bystanders; Universalism and Particularism; Responses from Muslim Organisations; Criticising Holocaust Memorial Day; On Holocaust Memorial Day; Rearticulating Antisemitism; References; ' Hamas, Hamas, All Jews to the Gas.' The History and Significance of an Antisemitic Slogan in the Netherlands, 1945-2010; Introduction; Globalisation of the Israeli-Palestinian Con fl ict; Antisemitism in the Netherlands After the Liberation; Secondary Antisemitism
    Description / Table of Contents: Philosemitism, Anti-Antisemitism and Red (Jews) NosesFootball Hooliganism; Jews as Nazis; New Dutch and the Shoah; Conclusion; References; Perceptions of the Holocaust Among Young Muslims in Berlin, Paris and London; Introduction; Shared Basic Knowledge of the Holocaust; Sources of Knowledge; Doubts, Denial and Conspiracies About the Holocaust; Comparing the Holocaust to Other Atrocities; Equating the Sufferings of Palestinians with the Holocaust; The Topos of Jews Taking Revenge for the Holocaust with the Palestinians
    Description / Table of Contents: Analogies Between the Holocaust and the War in Iraq and Equations of the US-President with HitlerAnalogies Between the Holocaust and Persecution of Muslims; Explicitly Rejecting Antisemitic Equations; The Holocaust and the Creation of the State of Israel; German Guilt and Compensation Payments; Moral Judgements and Emotional Reactions to the Holocaust; Condemnations of the Holocaust; Condemning the Holocaust with Restrictions: Accusations of Exploitation and Emotional Distance; Empathy; Approval of the Holocaust and Common Ground with Nazis; Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: History and Memory of the Other: An Experimental Encounter-Programme with Israeli Jews and Palestinians from Israel 1
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction, J. Allouche-Benayoun, G. Jikeli -- History aside?- Juliane Wetzel: Antisemitism and Holocaust Remembrance, G. Bensoussan -- Participation of European Muslim Organisations in Holocaust Commemorations, M. Whine -- The Evolution of Arab Perceptions of the Holocaust, E. Webman -- Perceptions of the Holocaust in Turkey, R.N. Bali -- Anti-Semitism and the Politics of Holocaust Memorial Day in the UK and Italy, P. Spencer, S.V. di Palma -- ‘Hamas, Hamas, all Jews to the Gas.’ The History and Significance of an Antisemitic Slogan in the Netherlands, 1945-2010, E. Gans -- Perceptions of the Holocaust among young Muslims in Berlin, Paris and London, G. Jikeli -- History and Memory of the Other: An Experimental Encounter-Program with Israeli Jews and Palestinians from Israel, M. Eckmann -- Speach Acts. Observing Antisemitism and Holocaust Education in the Netherlandsm R. Ensel, A. Stremmelaar -- Challenges and Opportunities of Educational Concepts concerning National Socialist Crimes in German Immigration Society, M. Can, K. Georg and R. Hatlapa.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 187
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Wiesbaden : VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften
    ISBN: 9783531194400 , 1283934663 , 9781283934664
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 178 p. 11 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Li, Jun Pre-vocational education in Germany and China
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Deutschland ; China ; Berufsvorbereitung ; Deutschland ; China ; Berufsvorbereitung
    Abstract: The school-to-work transition has been an important topic in the fields of education and sociology research in the past few years. Pre-vocational education, which takes place during lower-secondary school and aims to facilitate the school-to-work transition, is of critical significance in introducing the participants to the world of work and/or in preparing them for entry into further vocational education programs.With a strong comparative nature, Jun Li presents this systematic investigation of the pre-vocational education in Germany and China and analyzes their curricula of pre-vocational education. By combining the methods of content analysis and teacher interview, the author offers an in-depth perspective into the realms of pre-vocational education and reveals the divergences between the prescribed curriculum and the enacted curriculum. The findings also relate closely to an intensively discussed issue in the sociology of education in the past few years, namely the issue of knowledge and its status, function and forms in the school education today. With a strong comparative nature, Jun Li presents this systematic investigation of the pre-vocational education in Germany and China and analyzes their curricula of pre-vocational education. By combining the methods of content analysis and teacher interview, the author offers an in-depth perspective into the realms of pre-vocational education and reveals the divergences between the prescribed curriculum and the enacted curriculum. The findings also relate closely to an intensively discussed issue in the sociology of education in the past few years, namely the issue of knowledge and its status, function and forms in the school education today.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Institutional and Historical Context -- Curriculum Analysis: Theory, Criteria and Findings -- Teacher Interview -- Analysis of the Overall Results and Conclusions.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 188
    ISBN: 9789400744387
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 375 p. 31 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 26
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tanaka, Kōji, 1965 - Paraconsistency
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Computer science ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Computer science ; Artificial intelligence ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Parakonsistente Logik
    Abstract: A logic is called 'paraconsistent' if it rejects the rule called 'ex contradictione quodlibet', according to which any conclusion follows from inconsistent premises. While logicians have proposed many technically developed paraconsistent logical systems and contemporary philosophers like Graham Priest have advanced the view that some contradictions can be true, and advocated a paraconsistent logic to deal with them, until recent times these systems have been little understood by philosophers. This book presents a comprehensive overview on paraconsistent logical systems to change this situation. The book includes almost every major author currently working in the field. The papers are on the cutting edge of the literature some of which discuss current debates and others present important new ideas. The editors have avoided papers about technical details of paraconsistent logic, but instead concentrated upon works that discuss more "big picture" ideas. Different treatments of paradoxes takes centre stage in many of the papers, but also there are several papers on how to interpret paraconistent logic and some on how it can be applied to philosophy of mathematics, the philosophy of language, and metaphysics
    Abstract: A logic is called 'paraconsistent' if it rejects the rule called 'ex contradictione quodlibet', according to which any conclusion follows from inconsistent premises. While logicians have proposed many technically developed paraconsistent logical systems and contemporary philosophers like Graham Priest have advanced the view that some contradictions can be true, and advocated a paraconsistent logic to deal with them, until recent times these systems have been little understood by philosophers. This book presents a comprehensive overview on paraconsistent logical systems to change this situation. The book includes almost every major author currently working in the field. The papers are on the cutting edge of the literature some of which discuss current debates and others present important new ideas. The editors have avoided papers about technical details of paraconsistent logic, but instead concentrated upon works that discuss more 'big picture' ideas. Different treatments of paradoxes takes centre stage in many of the papers, but also there are several papers on how to interpret paraconistent logic and some on how it can be applied to philosophy of mathematics, the philosophy of language, and metaphysics.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Part 2. Applications ; An Approach to Human-Level Commonsense Reasoning , Paraconsistency: Introduction , Distribution in the Logic of Meaning Containment and in Quantum Mechanics , Wittgenstein on Incompleteness Makes Paraconsistent Sense , Pluralism and "Bad" Mathematical Theories: Challenging our Prejudices , Arithmetic Starred , Notes on Inconsistent Set Theory , Sorting out the Sorites , Are the Sorites and Liar Paradox of a Kind? , Vague Inclosures , Part 1. Logic ; Making Sense of Paraconsistent Logic: The Nature of Logic, Classical Logic and Paraconsistent Logic , On Discourses Addressed by Infidel Logicians , Information, Negation, and Paraconsistency , Noisy vs. Merely Equivocal Logics , Assertion, Denial and Non-classical Theories , New Arguments for Adaptive Logics as Unifying Frame for the Defeasible Handling of Inconsistency , Consequence as Preservation: Some Refinements , On Modal Logics Defining Jaśkowski's D2-Consequence , FDE: A Logic of Clutters , A Paraconsistent and Substructural Conditional Logic
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 189
    ISBN: 9789400744646
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 156 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Frápolli, María José, 1960 - The nature of truth
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Truth ; Wahrheit ; Wahrheit
    Abstract: The book offers a characterization of the meaning and role of the notion of truth in natural languages and an explanation of why, in spite of the big amount of proposals about truth, this task has proved to be resistant to the different analyses. The general thesis of the book is that defining truth is perfectly possible and that the average educated philosopher of language has the tools to do it. The book offers an updated treatment of the meaning of truth ascriptions from taking into account the latest views in philosophy of language and linguistics.
    Abstract: The wealth of proposals about truth and its meaning in natural languages everywhere should open it to analysis and definition, but this book makes the startlingly rare assertion that we can define truth using the latest methods in linguistics and philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: The Nature of Truth; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Some Preliminary Issues; 1.1 The General Purpose; 1.2 Some Features of the Proposal; 1.3 Required Philosophical Assumptions; 1.4 The Content of a Theory of Truth; 1.5 The Pragmatist Ingredient; 1.6 The Structure of the Book; Chapter 2: Syntax: Playing with Building Blocks; 2.1 Does Syntax Matter?; 2.2 The Truth Predicate; 2.3 The Truth Operator; 2.4 Truth and Identity; 2.5 Adverbs, Adjectives and Nouns; Chapter 3: The Meaning and Content of Truth Ascriptions; 3.1 The Distinction; 3.2 Kinds of Proforms; 3.3 Truth-Ascriptions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 A Classification of Truth-Ascriptions3.5 Special Semantic Tasks; Chapter 4: What Do We Do with Truth Ascriptions?; 4.1 Pragmatics and Semantics; 4.2 Assertions; 4.3 Expressivism; 4.4 Particular Pragmatic Functions; Chapter 5: The Liar Paradox (And Other Logico-Semantic Issues); 5.1 Is There a Liar Paradox?; 5.2 Truth Bearers; 5.3 Logical Form; 5.4 The Paradox; Chapter 6: What Do You Mean by "Redundancy"?; 6.1 R amsey's View; 6.2 Redundancy, of What?; 6.3 Syntactic Redundancy; 6.4 Semantic Redundancy; 6.5 Pragmatic Redundancy; Chapter 7: Obvious Answers for Ready-Made Objections
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Standard Objections7.2 The Epistemic Objections; 7.2.1 Definitions vs. Criteria; 7.2.2 The Causal Effect of Truth; 7.3 The Logical Objection; 7.4 The Semantic Objection; 7.5 Mathematical Truth and Other Metaphors; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 190
    ISBN: 9789400746534
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 306 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Economic and political change in Asia and Europe
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; East Asia ; Economic policy ; East Asia ; Economic conditions ; East Asia ; Social policy ; East Asia ; Social conditions ; Europe ; Economic policy ; Europe ; Economic conditions ; Europe ; Social policy ; Europe ; Social conditions
    Abstract: Since the 1973 publication of Alain Peyrefittes prophetic When China Awakens, developments in East Asia have outstripped even the wildest predictions. China has undergone the fastest industrialization and urbanization process in history, yet tensions there are rising as some realize how far they have been left behind. This volume explores the applicability of European economic and social models to our analysis of East Asias and, in particular, Chinas situation. Though millions of Chinese and other Asian people have been lifted out of poverty, inequality is rising nonetheless, and contemporary Europe and Asia are both witnessing collective action against rampant economic neoliberalism in the former and the exclusion of minorities in the latter. It is difficult to overstate the relevance of this assessment, which seeks answers to some central questions: Can events in Europe serve as a model for those in East Asia? Are there similarities or differences between the two regions? To what extent do political, economic or social systems stimulate or inhibit collective action? How culturally equivalent are the collective actions of marginalized/ disadvantaged people in the two locations, or are events in Europe symptomatic of specific cultural attributes? Comparing and contrasting the research tools and dominant paradigms in the social and economic sciences in East Asia and Europe, as this volume does, throws out some revealing results.
    Description / Table of Contents: Economic and Political Change in Asia and Europe; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Appendices; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Collective Action and Relatively Powerless People in Europe and Asia; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Social and Economic Backdrops; 1.3 Recession and Social Movements; 1.4 Common Traits: Asia and Europe; 1.5 Chapter Descriptions; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Economic, Political and Social Globalization in Asia and Europe; Chapter 2: Economic Change and Social Dynamics: Converging and Diverging Trends Across Different Economies; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Growth, Structural Change, and Macro Socioeconomic Performance by Broad World Region2.3 Economic Growth, Development, and Poverty; 2.3.1 Broad Trends in Terms of Poverty and Inequality; 2.3.2 Impact of the Recent and Current Economic Shocks; 2.4 Convergence and Equality in the EU; 2.4.1 Between-Country Economic Convergence; 2.4.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in the EU; 2.5 The Case of Asia; 2.5.1 Convergence Across Asian Countries; 2.5.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in Asia; 2.6 Conclusions; 2.7 Appendices
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix 2.1 List of Countries Included in the Major World Regions (See Table  2.1)Appendix 2.2 Indicators Developed (or Being Developed) by the Commission so as to Measure Social Cohesion (Sample); References; Chapter 3: European Integration, Social Cohesion, and Political Contentiousness; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The European Structure of Grievances: The Renaissance of "Old" Issues; 3.3 Social Cohesion in Europe: Spatial and Social Cleavages; 3.3.1 Social Cohesion: The Core and the Peripheries; 3.3.2 Social Cohesion and Class
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions: Social Cohesion and the Political Sociology of EuropeReferences; Chapter 4: Images and Frameworks of Collective Action in China; 4.1 Assumptions from a Western Concept; 4.2 Reconstruction of a Chinese Traditional Heritage; 4.2.1 Interpersonal Relations, Intention, Ritual, and Mankind; 4.2.2 Traces of Collectivity in Chinese History; 4.3 The Affirmative Societal Role of Collective Action; 4.3.1 Statehood, Citizens, and Welfare; 4.3.2 Authoritarianism, Democratization, and Collective Action; 4.4 Collective Action with Chinese Characteristics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: European Governance and Democracy5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Immigration and Citizenship: Building the Fortress; 5.3 Organizing the Unemployed Within the Member States; 5.4 European Marches and Alter-Globalization Movements; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Agricultural Markets and Food Riots: The European Union and Asia Compared; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Main Drivers Affecting the Food System; 6.3 Prices Crisis or Food Crisis?; 6.4 Food Riots and Policy Responses; 6.5 Food Aid Policies; 6.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Social Movements in a Transnational Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Marginalization and Transnationalizing Movements: How Does One Relate to the Other?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 191
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048189038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 300 p. 92 illus, digital)
    Edition: 3rd ed. 2013
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pol, Louis G. The demography of health and healthcare
    Keywords: Demographie ; Gesundheitswesen ; USA ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 192
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745995 , 128363385X , 9781283633857
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 255 p. 102 illus., 12 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 357
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Betz, Gregor Debate dynamics: how controversy improves our beliefs
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Argumentationstheorie ; Debatte
    Abstract: Is critical argumentation an effective way to overcome disagreement? And does the exchange of arguments bring opponents in a controversy closer to the truth? This study provides a new perspective on these pivotal questions. By means of multi-agent simulations, it investigates the truth and consensus-conduciveness of controversial debates. The book brings together research in formal epistemology and argumentation theory. Aside from its consequences for discursive practice, the work may have important implications for philosophy of science and the way we construe scientific rationality as well.
    Description / Table of Contents: Debate Dynamics: How Controversy Improves Our Beliefs; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: General Introduction; 1.1 The Aims of Argumentation; 1.2 An Example of a Controversial Argumentation; 1.3 Modeling Controversial Debate; 1.4 Results Pertaining to Consensus-Conduciveness; 1.5 Results Pertaining to Truth-Conduciveness; 1.6 Objections and Caveats; 1.7 Putting the Approach in Perspective; Chapter 2: An Introduction to the Theory of Dialectical Structures; 2.1 Fundamental Concepts; 2.2 Degrees of Justification; 2.3 The Space of Coherent Positions; 2.4 Normalized Closeness Centrality
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Inferential Density2.6 The General Design of the Simulations; Part I: Why Do We Agree? On the Consensus-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation; Chapter 3: Introduction to Part I; 3.1 Outline of Part I; 3.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 4: The Consensual Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 4.1 Setup; 4.2 Results; 4.3 Discussion; 4.4 Results, Continued; 4.5 Discussion, Continued; Chapter 5: The Consensual Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge; 5.1 Setup; 5.2 Results; 5.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Comparing the Consensual Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates6.1 Setup; 6.2 Results; 6.3 Discussion; Chapter 7: The Consensual Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 7.1 Setup; 7.2 Results; 7.3 Discussion; Chapter 8: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Updating; 8.1 Setup; 8.2 Results; 8.3 Discussion; Chapter 9: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Argumentation; 9.1 Setup; 9.2 Results; 9.3 Discussion; Part II: How Do We Know? On the Truth-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 10: Introduction to Part II10.1 Outline of Part II; 10.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 11: The Veritistic Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 11.1 Setup; 11.2 Results; 11.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?; 11.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?; 11.2.3 The Verisimilitude of Stable Positions: Are Proponent Positions Which Remain Relatively Stable Closer to the Truth?; 11.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 12: The Veritistic Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge12.1 Setup; 12.2 Results; 12.3 Discussion; Chapter 13: Comparing the Veritistic Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates; 13.1 Setup; 13.2 Results; 13.3 Discussion; Chapter 14: The Veritistic Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 14.1 Setup; 14.2 Results; 14.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 193
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745100 , 1283612313 , 9781283612319
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 424 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The universalism of human rights
    RVK:
    Keywords: Public law ; Constitutional law ; Law ; Law ; Public law ; Constitutional law ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Menschenrecht ; Menschenrecht
    Abstract: Is there universalism of human rights? If so, what are its scope and limits? This book is a doctrinal attempt to define universalism of human rights, as well as its scope and limits. The book presents tests of universalism on international, regional and national constitutional levels. It is maintained that universalism of human rights is both a concept and a normative reality. The normative character of human rights is scrutinized through the study of international and regional agreements as well as national constitutions. As a consequence, limitations of normativity are identified, usually on the international level, and take the form of exceptions, reservations, and interpretations. The book is based on the General and National Reports which were originally presented at the 18th International Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law in Washington D.C. 2010.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Universalism of Human Rights; Foreword; Préface; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Human Rights and Peace; Contemporary Developments; Plurinational Level of Protection; Instruments and Mechanisms; Questionnaire; Results; Evaluation; Chapter 1: Reflections on the Universality of Human Rights; 1.1 Are Human Rights Universal?; 1.1.1 How to Define Universality?; 1.1.2 The Human Rights Idea, the Political Transformation of This Idea Into Normative Structures, and the Gap Between Normative Claim and Reality; 1.1.3 Normative Claim and Normative Reality; 1.1.4 Universality v. Relativism 7
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.5 Human Rights and National Constitutional Law1.2 Are Fundamental Rights Binding?; 1.2.1 International and Regional Level; 1.2.2 State Level; 1.2.3 The Effects of Human Rights Soft Law; 1.2.4 Human Rights and the Rule of Law; References; Chapter 2: Universal Human Rights in the Law of the United States; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Human Rights in the States; 2.3 Federal Protections of Human Rights; 2.4 International Human Rights Standards; 2.5 Conclusion and Prospects for the Future; References; Chapter 3: Diversité culturelle et droits de la personne: la situation au Canada*
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Traités et droit canadien3.2 Actes unilatéraux des organisations internationales et droit canadien; 3.3 Particularismes locaux canadiens; 3.3.1 Peuples autochtones canadiens; 3.3.2 Minorités linguistiques canadiennes; 3.3.3 Minorités ethniques et religieuses canadiennes; 3.4 Conclusion; Bibliographie; Monographie; Articles; Jurisprudence; Législation; Documents internationaux; Rapports; Sites Web; Annexe - Conventions auxquelles le Canada est partie; Chapter 4: The Impact of the Jurisprudence Inter-American Court of Human Rights on the Chilean Constitutional System; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 The Inter-American System of Human Rights4.2.1 The System Based on the OAS Charter; 4.2.2 System Based on the Convention; 4.3 Constitution, Law and Rights in Chile; 4.4 The Position of the International Treaties on Human Rights in the Chilean Constitutional System; 4.4.1 The Hierarchy of International Treaties on Human Rights; 4.4.2 The History of Article 5 (2) Second Sentence of the Constitution; 4.4.3 The Principle of Harmonious Interpretation of the Constitution and the Requirements for Constitutional Amendments
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.4 The Hierarchical Superiority of Treaties on Human Rights with Regard to National Law4.4.5 The Chilean Constitution and the American Treaty on Human Rights; 4.4.6 The Relationship Between the San José de Costa Rica Court's Judgments and the Judgments of the Chilean Courts; 4.4.6.1 The San José de Costa Rica Court's Judgments Have No Supremacy over Chilean Courts; 4.4.6.2 The Enforcement of the San José Court's Judgments May Need to Reform the Internal Law; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Bibliography; Legal Documents; Judgments
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The Universal Nature of Human Rights: The Brazilian Stance Within Latin America's Human Rights Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 194
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753488
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 454 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Exclusionary rules in comparative law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Criminal Law ; Law ; Law ; Criminal Law ; œaExclusionary rule (Evidence)œvCongresses ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Beweisaufnahme ; Illegalität ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisaufnahme ; Illegalität ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book is a comparative study of the exclusion of illegally gathered evidence in the criminal trial , which includes 15 country studies, a chapter on the European Court of Human Rights, and a comparative synthetic conclusion. No other book has undertaken such a broad comparative study of exclusionary rules, which have now become a world-wide phenomenon. The topic is one of the most controversial in criminal procedure law, because it reveals a constant tension between the criminal court’s duty to ascertain the truth, on the one hand, and its duty to uphold important constitutional rights on the other, most importantly, the privilege against self-incrimination and the right to privacy in one's home and one's private communications. The chapters were contributed by noted world experts on the subject for the XVIII Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law in Washington in July 2010.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 195
    ISBN: 9781299702011 , 9789400762688
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 190 S. 36) , Ill.
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography
    Abstract: We all view the ubiquitous term ‘sustainability’ as a worthwhile goal. But how can we apply the principles of sustainability in the real world, at the sharp end of communities in developing nations where income insecurity is the troubled norm? This volume provides some practical answers, explaining the precepts of the ‘sustainable livelihood approach’ (SLA) through the case study of a microfinance scheme in Africa. The case study, centered around the work of the Catholic Church’s Diocesan Development Services organization, involved an SLA implemented over two years designed in part to help enhance its existing microfinance operation through closer links between local communities and international donors. The book’s central conclusion is that we must move beyond the concept of sustainable livelihood itself, with its in-built polarities between developed and developing nations, and embrace a more global notion of ‘sustainable lifestyle’; a more nuanced and inclusive approach that encompasses not just how we make a sustainable living, but how we can live sustainable lives
    Description / Table of Contents: Sustainable Livelihood Approach; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 Sustainability and Sustainable Livelihoods; 1.1 The Future of Sustainability; 1.2 The Multiverse of Sustainability; 1.3 Practicing Sustainability; 1.4 Structure of the Book; 2 The Theory Behind the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The SLA Framework; 2.3 Definitions of SLA; 2.4 Origins of SLA; 2.5 Capital in SLA; 2.6 Vulnerability and Institutional Context; 2.7 Representation Within SLA; 2.8 The Attractions and Popularity of SLA; 2.9 Critiques of SLA
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.10 SLA for Evidence-Based Intervention2.11 Conclusion; 3 Context of the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Governing an African Giant; 3.3 Economic Development in Nigeria; 3.4 A Kingdom Discovered; 3.5 Igala Livelihoods; An Overview; 3.6 The Diocesan Development Services in Igalaland; 3.7 New Pastures; 3.8 Choice of Villages for the SLA; 3.9 Conclusions; 4 The Sustainable Livelihood Approach in Practice; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sample Households; 4.3 Human Capital: The Households; 4.3.1 Household M1 (Headed by the Village Chief)
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.2 Household M2 (Headed by a Senior Igbo)4.3.3 Household M3(Igbo Community Leader); 4.3.4 Household M4 (farmer and business man); 4.3.5 Household E1 (Farmer and Vigilante); 4.3.6 Household E2(Madaki of Edeke); 4.3.7 Household E3 (Farmer and Fisherman); 4.3.8 Household E4 (Madaki in Edeke); 4.4 Natural Capital: Land and Farming; 4.5 Natural Capital: Trees; 4.6 Social Capital: Networks; 4.7 Physical Capital: Assets for Income Generation; 4.8 Financial Capital: Household Budgets; 4.9 Vulnerability and Institutional Contexts; 4.10 Did SLA Succeed?; 4.11 Conclusions; 5 Livelihood into Lifestyle
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Introduction5.2 How SLA?; 5.3 Where SLA?; 5.4 Transferability of SLA; 5.5 Livelihood into Lifestyle; 5.6 Conclusions; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 196
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750319 , 1283640864 , 9781283640862
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 318 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in German Idealism 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Studies in German idealism
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Poma, Andrea The impossibility and necessity of theodicy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm: Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm *1646-1716* ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy, modern ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy, modern ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Theodizee ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Theodizee ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Theodizee
    Abstract: This book provides an analytical interpretation of Leibniz's 'Essais de Théodicée' with wide-ranging references to all his works. It shows and upholds many thesis: Leibniz's rational conception of faith, his rational notion of mystery, the reformation of classical ontology, and the importance of Leibniz's thought in the tradition of the critical idealism. In his endeavor to formulate a theodicy, Leibniz emerges as a classic exponent of a non-immanentist modern rationalism, capable of engaging in a close dialogue with religion and faith. This relation implies that God and reason are directly involved in posing the challenge and that the defence of one is the defence of the other. Theodicy and logodicy are two key aspects of a philosophy which is open to faith and of a faith which is able to intervene in culture and history.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Impossibility and Necessity of Theodicy; Contents; Abbreviations and Symbols; Part I: The Impossibility and Necessity of Theodicy. The "Essais" of Leibniz; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 Theodicy; 2 Philosophical Theodicy; 3 The Theodicy of Leibniz; Chapter 2: True Piety; 1 Truth and Appearance; 2 The Fundamental Truths of Faith; 3 Light and Virtue; 4 The Love of God; 5 Fatum Christianum; Chapter 3: Faith and Reason; 1 The General Terms of the Controversy; 2 Reason; 3 Truth Over and Against Reason: Mystery; 4 Faith and Apologetics: Comprehending and Upholding
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 The Antagonist of the Theodicy: ScepticismChapter 4: Apologetic Arguments in the Theodicy; 1 The Brief; 2 The Legal Arguments; 2.1 The Presumed Innocence of God; 2.2 That the Onus of Proof Lies with the Prosecution; 2.3 It Is Not Legitimate to Do Wrong in Order to Obtain that Which Is Right; 3 The Apologetic Arguments; 4 The Antagonist of the Theodicy: Gnosis; Chapter 5: Predetermination and Free Will; 1 Absolute Necessity vs. Hypothetical and Moral Necessity; 2 Contingency; 3 The Will; 4 Freedom; Chapter 6: Evil and the Best of All Possible Worlds; 1 The Principle of "the Best"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Best of All Possible Worlds3 Evil; 4 Evil in the Best of All Possible Worlds; Chapter 7: God and the Reason Principle; 1 Divine Attributes: Faculties and Values; 2 The Central Role of Wisdom; 3 The Existence of God; 4 The Necessary Being and the Supremely Perfect Being; 5 God and the Reason Principle; Chapter 8: Conclusion; 1 The Theodicy of Leibniz; 2 Philosophical Theodicy; 3 Theodicy; Part II: Appendices; Chapter 9: Appendix One: The Metaphor of the "Two Labyrinths" and Its Implications in Leibniz's Thought; 1 The Metaphor and Its Meaning; 2 Geometric and Mechanical Curves
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Natural and Artificial Machines4 Necessity and Contingency; 5 Hypothetical and Moral Necessity; 6 The Calculus of Variations; 7 The Best of All Possible Worlds; 8 Conclusion; Chapter 10: Appendix Two: The Reasons of Reason According to Leibniz; Chapter 11: Appendix Three: From Ontology to Ethics: Leibniz vs. Eckhard; Chapter 12: Appendix Four: Moral Necessity in Leibniz; 1 Possibility and Necessity: Non-existent Possibles; 2 Certain Determination; 3 Moral Necessity; Name Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 197
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747432 , 1283698013 , 9781283698016
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 190 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Law, liberty, and the rule of law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Konferenzschrift 2009 ; Konferenzschrift ; Staatsrecht ; Rechtsstaatsprinzip ; Menschenrecht ; Rechtsstaat ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Rechtstheorie
    Abstract: In recent years, there has been a substantial increase in concern for the rule of law. Not only have there been a multitude of articles and books on the essence, nature, scope and limitation of the law, but citizens, elected officials, law enforcement officers and the judiciary have all been actively engaged in this debate. Thus, the concept of the rule of law is as multifaceted and contested as it's ever been, and this book explores the essence of that concept, including its core principles, its rules, and the necessity of defining, or even redefining, the basic concept. Law, Liberty, and the Rule of Law offers timely and unique insights on numerous themes relevant to the rule of law. It discusses in detail the proper scope and limitations of adjudication and legislation, including the challenges not only of limiting legislative and executive power via judicial review but also of restraining active judicial lawmaking while simultaneously guaranteeing an independent judiciary interested in maintaining a balance of power. It also addresses the relationship not only between the rule of law, human rights and separation of powers but also the rule of law, constitutionalism and democracy
    Abstract: In recent years, there has been a substantial increase in concern for the rule of law. Not only have there been a multitude of articles and books on the essence, nature, scope and limitation of the law, but citizens, elected officials, law enforcement officers and the judiciary have all been actively engaged in this debate. Thus, the concept of the rule of law is as multifaceted and contested as its ever been, and this book explores the essence of that concept, including its core principles, its rules, and the necessity of defining, or even redefining, the basic concept.Law, Liberty, and the Rule of Law offers timely and unique insights on numerous themes relevant to the rule of law. It discusses in detail the proper scope and limitations of adjudication and legislation, including the challenges not only of limiting legislative and executive power via judicial review but also of restraining active judicial lawmaking while simultaneously guaranteeing an independent judiciary interested in maintaining a balance of power. It also addresses the relationship not only between the rule of law, human rights and separation of powers but also the rule of law, constitutionalism and democracy.
    Description / Table of Contents: Law, Liberty,and the Rule of Law; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: The Concept of the Rule of Law; 2.1 Introduction: Pervasive Disagreement in Rule of Law Discourse; 2.2 Increasing Consensus Through Conceptual Analysis; 2.3 The Rule of Law: Current and Historical Usage of the Concept; 2.4 External and Internal Conceptual Coherence; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Plato and the Rule of Law; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Place of Plato in Modern Legal Philosophy; 3.2.1 Metaphysics; 3.2.2 Anachronisms; 3.2.3 Plato and General Jurisprudence
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 The Rule of Law3.3.1 The Rule of Law as an Existence Condition qua Descriptive Label (1a); 3.3.2 The Rule of Law as an Existence Condition qua Justi fi cation (1b); 3.3.3 The Rule of Law as a Practical Constraint on a Legal System (2); 3.3.4 The Rule of Law as a Procedural Principle or Set of Procedural Principles (3); 3.3.5 The Rule of Law as an Object-Level Practice of Enforcing and Justifying the Law (4); 3.4 A Final Topic for Discussion: Education; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Kantian Re-construction of Intersubjectivity Forms: The Logic of the Transition from Natural State to the Threshold of the Civic State4.1 Introduction; 4.2 A Priori Versus Empirical Knowledge of the Forms of Intersubjectivity; 4.3 Intersubjectivity Viewed in Terms of "State" and "Polity"; 4.4 Law and Freedom as the Fundamental Categories of Determining Intersubjectivity; 4.5 The Basic Forms of Intersubjectivity in Natural State; 4.5.1 Fundamental Freedom and Its Rational "Adjustment"; 4.5.2 Acquisition and Its Principle - The Need for a Transition to Legal Status
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5.3 Peculiar Duality of Legal State4.5.4 Departing from the State of Private Law and Arriving at the State of Public Law (Explanation of Peculiarities); 4.6 The Basic Forms of Intersubjectivity in Civic State; 4.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Radbruch's Formula, Conceptual Analysis, and the Rule of Law; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Radbruch's Formula(s); 5.3 The Formula and the Rule of Law; 5.4 The Formula and Conceptual Analysis; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Law, Liberty and the Rule of Law (in a Constitutional Democracy); 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 "Rule" + "Law" ≠ "Rule of Law"
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Rule of Law6.4 Principles of the Rule of Law; 6.5 Constitutional Rule of Law; 6.6 Constitutional Democracy and the Rule of Law; 6.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: The Rule of Law: Is the Line Between the Formal and the Moral Blurred?; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Rule of Law on the Borderline; 7.3 The Moral Non-neutrality of the Rule of Law; 7.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Political Deliberation and Constitutional Review; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Constitutional Courts as "Custodians" of Public Deliberation; 8.3 Constitutional Courts as "Public Reasoners" and "Interlocutors"
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.4 Constitutional Courts as "Deliberators"
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 198
    ISBN: 9789400762657
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 71 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Jones, Tiffany Understanding education policy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Bildungspolitik
    Abstract: Analysis of education policy often follows a particular orientation, such as conservative or neo-liberal. Yet, readers are often left to wonder the true meaning and conceptual framing behind these orientations. Without this knowledge, the policy analysis lacks true rigor, its value is diminished as the results may prove difficult to reproduce. Understanding Education Policy provides an overarching framework of four key orientations that lie beneath much policy analysis, yet are rarely used with accuracy: conservative, liberal, critical and post-modern. It details each orientation's application to policy making, implementation and overall impact. The book also argues the value of analysing a policy’s orientation to improve the clarity of its analysis and allow broader trends across the education policy field to emerge.The book offers practical examples, key vocabulary and reflection activities which give equitable, yet critical consideration to all education orientations. This allows readers to see the benefits and disadvantages of each perspective and discover their own biases.This introduction to education policy analysis offers theoretically broad, highly practical coverage. It is adaptable to many kinds of policy analysis areas and will appeal to a wide range of readers with an interest in education policy, from students conducting specific research to policy makers looking for a deeper way to re-think their work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Perceptions of Policy -- 3. Policy Paradigms Frameworks: Gaps Within Research -- 4. The Four Orientations to Education Framework​.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 199
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745070 , 1283697998 , 9781283697996
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 433 p. 100 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Pädagogischer Test
    Abstract: The Asia-Pacific region needs to maximize the benefits of education to enable it to compete in an economic future dominated by innovation, in which assessing student progress must be an empowering rather than delimiting factor. This detailed exposition of the theoretical basis and application tools of self-directed learning-oriented assessment (SLOA) reflects the very latest research championed by the Assessment Research Centre at The Hong Kong Institute of Education. Featuring a range of relevant case studies, it explores the varied theoretical issues related to SLOA and offers an integrated view of the system fully in line with the constructivist paradigm of learning which advocates formative rather than summative assessment. Many of the initiatives outlined here are firsts in the region.SLOA is already being applied in many schools with links to the ARC. It is an approach to assessment that acknowledges the centrality of self-directed learning and which positions assessment as a tool to enable and enhance self-directed learning. It draws on several theories of learning and assessment, including the constructivist notion that learning is best achieved when students take ownership of their educational process, setting their own goals and monitoring their own progress towards those goals. SLOA has been the research and service approach of the ARC since 2005. In the intervening years the centre has developed a number of tools to facilitate SLOA learning and assessment, including vertical ability scales, teacher-friendly computer software and packages for self-directed learning.
    Description / Table of Contents: Self-directed Learning Oriented Assessments in the Asia-Pacific; Introduction by the Series Editors; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Contributors; Part I: Theory of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; Chapter 1: Assessment Reform in the Asia-Pacific Region: The Theory and Practice of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.1 Background: The Broader Context for Change; 1.1.1 Assessment Reforms in the Region; 1.1.2 Commonalities of Assessment Reforms in the Asia-Paci fi c Region; 1.1.3 Assessment as Learning Reform: Self-Directed Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.4 Assessment for Learning Reform1.1.5 Resolving Tensions in Assessment Reforms; 1.2 Conceptions of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.2.1 Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.2.2 Self-Directed Learning; 1.2.3 Metacognition; 1.2.4 Feedback; 1.2.5 SLOA: Integrating Assessment Of , For and As Learning; 1.2.6 Theoretical Underpinnings of SLOA; 1.3 Implementation Strategies of SLOA in Schools; 1.4 Tools for the Implementation of SLOA; 1.5 Examples of Implementation in the Asia-Paci fi c Region; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Assessment, Standards-Referencing and Standard Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Assessment2.1.1 The Meaning of Assessment; 2.1.2 Reporting of Assessments; 2.2 Standards-Referencing; 2.2.1 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Norm-Referencing; 2.2.2 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Criterion-Referencing; 2.2.3 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Standards-Referencing; 2.2.4 Characteristics of Standards-Referenced Systems; 2.2.5 De fi ning Standards; 2.3 Standard Setting; 2.3.1 Setting Standards; 2.3.2 Using Performance Standard to Summarise Student Performance; 2.3.3 Reporting Student Performance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.4 Some Suggestions for Teachers and Examiners in Setting Examinations and Tests in a Standards-Referenced System2.3.5 Standards-Referencing for School Executives; 2.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.2.1 Knowledge Base and the Nature of Expertise; 3.2.2 Rapid Schema-Based Assessment; 3.2.3 General Design Framework; 3.3 Rapid Diagnostic Assessment Methods; 3.3.1 Rapid Assessment of Expertise in Coordinate Geometry; 3.3.1.1 Model of Expertise; 3.3.1.2 Task Model; 3.3.1.3 Evidence Model
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 Rapid Assessment of Expertise in Solving Arithmetic Word Problems3.3.2.1 Model of Expertise; 3.3.2.2 Task Pattern; 3.3.2.3 Evidence Model; 3.4 Toward Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning; 3.5 Conclusion; 3.5.1 Future Developments; 3.5.1.1 Establishing Generality of the Tool; 3.5.1.2 Using Rapid Assessment in Adaptive Learning Environments; References; Chapter 4: Standardized Diagnostic Assessment Design and Analysis: Key Ideas from Modern Measurement Theory; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Assessment Of , For , and As Learning; 4.1.2 Measurement Models for Diagnostic Assessment Data
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Evidence-Centered Design
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction by the Series Editors.-  Acknowledgements -- List of Contributors -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- About the Contributors -- SECTION 1: Theory of Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 1. Assessment Reform in the Asia-Pacific Region: The Theory and Practice of Self-directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 2. Assessment, Standards-Referencing and Standard Setting -- 3.  Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning -- 4. Standardized Diagnostic Assessment Design and Analysis: Key Ideas from Modern Measurement Theory -- 5. Application of the DINA Model Framework to Enhance Assessment and Learning -- 6. Theory of Self-Directed Learning-Oriented Assessment: A Non-Technical Introduction to the Theoretical Foundations and Methodologies of Cognitive Diagnostic Assessment -- 7. Getting to the Core of Learning: Using Assessment for Self-monitoring and Self-regulation -- 8. Metacognitive Self-Confidence in School-Aged Children -- SECTION 2: Tools for Implementing Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 9. Using Item Response Theory as a Tool in Educational Measurement -- 10. A Concurrent-Separate Approach to Vertical Scaling -- 11. Student-Problem Chart: An Essential Tool for SLOA -- 12. Using User-defined Fit Statistic to Analyze Two Tier Items in Mathematics -- 13. Dynamic Assessment of Learning Potential -- 14. Exploiting Computerized Adaptive Testing for Self-Directed Learning -- SECTION 3: Case Studies of Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment in the Region -- 15. Learning Assessment Reform in Thailand -- 16. Concerns of Student Teachers: Identifying Emerging Themes through Self-assessment -- 17. Informing Learning and Teaching Using Feedback from Assessment Data: Hong Kong Teachers’ Attitudes towards Rasch Measurement -- 18. Accelerated Approach to Primary School English Education in China: Three Case Studies -- 19. Physical Education in Higher Education in Hong Kong: The Effects of the Intervention on Pre-service Sports Coaches’ Attitudes towards Assessment for Learning used in Sports -- 20. The Case of St Margaret’s Girls’ College: How SLOA Promotes Self Assessment and Peer Assessment to Enhance Secondary School Student English Learning -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 200
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742079
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 241 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 356
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Berto, Francesco, 1973 - Existence as a real property
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Ontology ; Existenz ; Ontologie ; Meinong, Alexius 1853-1920 ; Ontologie ; Existenz ; Ontologie
    Abstract: This profound exploration of one of the core notions of philosophy-the concept of existence itself-reviews, then counters (via Meinongian theory), the mainstream philosophical view running from Hume to Frege, Russell, and Quine, summarized thus by Kant: “Existence is not a predicate.” The initial section of the book presents a comprehensive introduction to, and critical evaluation of, this mainstream view. The author moves on to provide the first systematic survey of all the main Meinongian theories of existence, which, by contrast, reckon existence to be a real, full-fledged property of objects that some things possess, and others lack. As an influential addition to the research literature, the third part develops the most up-to-date neo-Meinongian theory called Modal Meinongianism, applies it to specific fields such as the ontology of fictional objects, and discusses its open problems, laying the groundwork for further research.In accordance with the latest trends in analytic ontology, the author prioritizes a meta-ontological viewpoint, adopting a dual definition of meta-ontology as the discourse on the meaning of being, and as the discourse on the tools and methods of ontological enquiry. This allows a balanced assessment of philosophical views on a cost-benefit basis, following multiple criteria for theory evaluation. Compelling and revealing, this new publication is a vital addition to contemporary philosophical ontology.
    Description / Table of Contents: Prologue: Much Ado About Nothing -- Acknowledgments -- Existence as Logic -- Chapter 1. The Paradox of Non-Being -- Chapter 2. To Exist and to Count -- Chapter 3. Troubles for the Received View -- Nonexistence -- Chapter 4. Existence As a Real Property -- Chapter 5. Naïve Meinongianism -- Chapter 6. Meinongianisms of The First, Second, and Third Kind -- Close Encounters (with Nonexistents) of the Third Kind -- Chapter 7. Conceiving the Impossible -- Chapter 8. Nonexistents of The Third Kind at Work -- Chapter 9. Open Problems -- References -- Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...